AWorkingManualofHighFrequencyCurrents 10309354 PDF

CO P Y RIGH T 1 9 1 1 , B Y N O B LE M .
A
E B ERH R T .
CO PY IR GH T 1 9 1 3 , B Y N O B LE M . EB E R H A R T .
CO PY RI GH T 1 9 1 5 B Y N O B LE M . A
E B E RH R T .
CO PY RI GH T 1 9 1 6 , BY N O B LE M . A
EB E RH R T .
CO PYR I GH T 1919, BY N O B LE M E B E RH A R T .
CO PY R I GHT 1 9 20 , B Y N O B LE M
. E B E RH A R T .
Ni k ola Tes la , Inv e ntor of th eTes l a Co i
l Cu o r t es y El ec

t rical Re v i ew an d W es t ern El ectr i c i an
.
INTR OD U CTION .
The lite r ature o n H i gh Fre que n cy Curre n ts is n ot
exte n s i ve and most of it is to o tech n ical fo r t h e

a v er ag e physicia n wh o is mo r e i n te r ested i n t h e
,
applicatio n of t h ese cur r e n ts t h a n h e is i n t h e p r e

cis e ma nn e r in w h ic h t h ey are g e n e r ated .
For t h is r easo n I h ave g ive n compa r at i vely little

spac e to t h e co n side r atio n of t h e va ri ous fo r ms of
appa r atus ot h e r t h a n
,
to outl in e t h e typ es up o n on e
or a n ot h e r of whi c h all of t h e mach in es are b ased .

Further i n formation alo ng t h is li n e is p r operly
withi n the sp h ere of the various ma n ufactu r ers .
My in tention has b e e n to make this a p r actical

hand bo ok -
f or t h e busy physicia n W h o W is h es to use
high fre que n cy currents and to learn h ow to do so

wit h as little r ed tap e as p ossible .
I h ave expressed my i n dividual O pinio n on ma n y

p oi n ts and sometimes this
,
my b e found at varia n ce
a
wit h t h at of othe r authors but it is b ased up on ,

ninetee n years p r actical exp erience involvin g the
daily use of H i gh Fre que n cy Currents and up o n six
in

tee n years exp erie n ce teac h i ng the subj e ct .
My indebtedn ess for data furnishe d is ack n ow l
edged to Drs W B S n ow W H Kin g H E Waite . . .

,
. .
,
. .
,
F . de Kra ff t ,
R . A . B lack E ,
. C . Titus , H . F .
Pitc h er S S tevens R E ,
.
,
. . F armer , a n d Messrs F H . . .
S wett , J B Wantz Wm Meye r S amuel

.
,
.
,
T . H utton ,
Edwin L . Edwards , H . L Kahl .

,
F . A Wi g g m R
.
,
.
and F H W app l e r T B Mc Cl in t ock C E A n de r

. .
,
. .
, . .
so n M Sanc h ez J E Clapp H W
, .
,
. .
,
. . Y oun g an d
Wm S ta h l . .
THE AU TH OR .
25 E . Washin g to n S t .
, Chica g o .
V III .
CO NT ENTS
Ch apter .
I . D en ition o f H igh F re que n cy Curre n t ;
A lternation ; Cycle ; Perio d ; Oscilla

tion ; Fre que n cy ; L ightin g Va cuum
Tub e Not Pro of of H igh Fre quency
Curre n t .
II . Th e D evelopment of the Current ; L ey

de n Jars ; Plate Condensers ; Ele ctrical
Oscillatio n .
of D Ar s on v al Typ e

III . Typ es A pparatus ;
Tesla Tra n sformer ; I mpedan c e ; Ou
din s R esonator ; Measurin g the Cu r

r en t .
V a r ious F o r ms of Vacuum Tub es ; Ef

f e c ts of D i e r e n t V acua ; I nsulated
Tub es ; Fix ed and A djustable S o cket
H a n dles ; S patulate Tub es .
IX .
Ch apte r .
V . P h ysiolo gical A ctio n of th e Curr e n t ;

H ig h Freque n cy
B u rn s ; Offsetting
Te n de n cy to X r ay B u rn s
-
.
G eneral Tec h nique ; Va cuum Tub es ; Lu
b r ic ation ; Cautions ; A sepsis ; S tand

ar d iz in g D os ag e ; Preparatio n of Pa
tie n ts ; Tech n ique for S kin Diseases ;

R elief of Pai n ; Cauterizatio n ; Or ic ial
Tec hn ique ; Cataphoresis ; Ful g ura
tio n ; A uto Conduction ; A uto Con d e n
- -
sation ; Portable an d H ome Made -
Pads ; S urgin gs ; Water S pray ; L o cal

A uto Co n densatio n ; In direct S p a r ks ;
-
Taki ng th e B loo d Pressure .
V II . S p ecial Tec hn ique fo r Ear Ey e

, ,
Nose
R e ctum a n d Prostate S calp Th roat, ,
U ret h ra a n d V a g ina .
V III . Practical H i gh Fr eque n cy The r apy , Dis

eases a n d S ymptoms A lp h ab e tically
A rra ng ed wit h Met h ods of Treatme n t . 1 52
Chapte r . Pa g e .
IX . Ozo n e ; Nature ; P h ysiolo g ical A ctio n ;

Met h ods of A dmin istratio n ; Diseases
i n Whic h I t I s In dicated .
X . H ig h Fre que n cy X r ay ; I ts S cope a n d

-
L imitations ; R esume o f S kia g raphic

a n d Therapeutic Technique .
XI . Diat h ermy ; Electro co a gulatio n ;

-
Th e r
mo p enet r ation
-
.
X II . H i gh Fre que n cy i n De n tistr y .
G lossar y .
In d ex .
12 EB ERHART MAN UAL

S or
Fig . 1 La rg e Tes la C o i l .
H I G H FREQU ENCY CURRE NT S 13
CH AP TER ONE .
D e nition of High Fr e q u e n cy Cur r e nt ; Alte rnati on

Cy cl e ; Os cill a t i on ; P e ri od ; Fr e que ncy ; Exp l ana
ti o n of Te r ms ; Pulsato ry Cur r e nts ; P e r i o
di city ; Lig h t ing Vacu um Tub e Not
P r o of of Hig h Fr e qu e n cy Cur r e nt .
What is a Hig h Fr e que n cy Curr e nt ? A hi g h f r e

queney current is a n altern atin g ( oscillating ) cur
rent in which th e fre que n cy is b eyon d the p oint of
producing mus cular contra ctio n s .
A n Al t e rn at i o n is a complete r eversal of th e d ir e c
tion of a cur r ent as any on e of th e waves s h own in
Fi g 3. .
A Cycl e is two alte rn atio n s . I t constitutes t h e

roun d or circle of the current embracin g on e posi
tive a n d on e n e g ative wave or alter n ation .
Oscill ati o n . An oscillatio n is a series of dimin is h

in g waves whic h ow altern ately i n opposite d ir e c
tions but n ot n e cessarily i n t h e s ame time Oscilla
, .
to r y cu rr e n ts p e r io dically r ep r oduce simila r series

of wa v es as s h ow n i n Fi g
,
. 3 . Th ei r frequency is
14 EBERHART S MAN UAL

or
very high and is the r ecipro cal of p erio d . I t is com

u t e d on the n umb e r of double alter n atio n s thus
p ,
correspondin g to t h e met h o d employe d wit h low fr e

q u e n cy curre n ts .
P e riod is th e time re quired for on e cycle .
Fr e que ncy is th e n umb e r of comp l ete cycles oc
currin g in one se cond of time . I t is the recipro cal

of p er i od .
Exp l anati on . I n order to understand the fore

goin g denitions it will b e necessary to recall some
fundame n tal facts .
'
Th e dire ct curre nt is o n e which always acts in
on e dire ction that is from positive to n egative a n d

, ,
is graphically represented by a straight lin e .
Th e alte r nating curr e nt in cont r ast to this is one

, ,
in which the current is constantly chan gin g its di

rection or p olarity and we represent it by a waved
,
line ( Fi g the waves ab ove th e line b ei n g p osi

.
tive waves or alter n atio n s a n d thos e b elow the li n e

n egative wa v es .
L et us call t h e lin e ze r o i n volts and t h e c r est of

the wave 1 10 volts . Th e curre n t sta rts at ze ro ,
r eaches t h e maximum positive v olta g e a n d t h e n re
verses a n d go es b ack to zero an d r ep eats on th e

HIGH FRE Q U ENCY CURRENT S 15
Fig . 2 P or t a b l e H igh Fr eq ue ncy Co i l .
n e g ative side . Th is complete r eve r sal of t h e cur

re n t is called a n alte rn atio n a n d two of t h em ma k e
a cycle . I f we o n ly r ep r ese n ted two alte rn atio n s
as i n Fig 4 a n d t h e n made t h e se co n d o n e r etu rn
.
to t h e sta r t ing poi n t as s h own b y t h e dotted li n e

, ,
or
we would h ave i n t h is case a circle and th e wo r d ,
circle will keep th e meanin g of cycle x ed in th e

mind . Alternations d o n ot n ecessa r ily assume the
shap e of a se mi circle but may r eprese n t any form
-
,
of wave still two o f them rep r esent th e completion

,
of t h e circuit or cycle . In hig h fre quency curre n ts

these cycles b eco m e a succession of oscillations or
undulations as represented g raphically in Fi g . 3 .
Fre que n cy is a term prop erly b elongin g only to

the altern atin g current . We have uni - dire ctional
currents suc h as thos e derived from induction coils ,
i n whic h the current is b roke n up into a rapid series

of waves with those whic h would b e b elow the line
,
damp ed out leavin g a succession

, of puls ations . This
current li gh ts up va cuum tub es and p erforms muc h
of the same work as th e hi g h frequen cy but is ,
n ot
a true hig h fr e quen cy cur r e n t .
These are called p ul satory cu rr e nts and i n plac e

of the w ord frequency we indicate their rap idity by
th e term p e ri odi city .
To r etu rn to ou r expla n ation of t h e alter n ating

cur r e n t let us suppose that i t takes
, on e - on e h un
dred a n d twentieth o f a seco n d for any one of the
alte rn atio n s i n Fi g . 3 . The n two alternations or on e
cycle would take two times on e -

one h undred a n d
HI G H FREQ UEN CY CURREN TS
ALTERNATING .
OS CILLATING
s I
ONE CYCLE .
FIG 4:
.
Fig 3 A l t r n a t i ng an d
e Os c i lla t i ng Cu rr en t s

.
.
F ig 4 .A n al ogy B t e wee n Cyc l e an d Cir cl e .

18 EB ERH A RT S MAN U AL or
twentieth which equals ,

on e -
sixtiet h of a s eco n d a n d ,
thi s is the p erio d o f the curre n t illustrated . I f it

takes on e -
sixtieth of a second for on e cy cle t h ere ,
will b e sixty times as many i n one second a n d this ,
is th e fre que n cy .
I t will b e seen that if we h ave the p eriod of t h e

cur r ent all that is n ecessary is to invert t h e frac
,
tion and we h ave th e frequency or n umb er of cycles .
In the illustratio n we have a r bitrarily represe n ted

an alter n ating curre n t of 110 volts ,
sixty cycles ,
whic h is t h e ordinary commercial alternati ng cu r

re n t employed in ele ctric li gh tin g I t is a l ow f r e
.
que ncy cur e nt . r Ot h er low f r e quency currents h ave

25 cycles ,
1 25 cycl e s ,
1 33 cycles etc ,
.
Low, Me di um and H i gh Fr e q u e n cy Curr e nts . If

we apply a l ow frequency current to a muscle we
n d t h at the muscle co n tracts and t h is is p owe r ful ,
and may b e st r o ng enou g h to b e p ainful . A s we in

crease t h e fre que n cy
.
of t h e current t h e p ai n fuln ess .
dec r eases b ut more t h a n a sin g le muscle te n ds to

,
co n tract . Th ese a r e currents of me dium fr e que ncy

o f wh ic h t h e sinusoi d al cu rre nt is a typ e .
A t a f r eque n cy of ab out cycles t hese teta ni c

co n t r actio n s disapp ea r a n d ab o v e th at f r eque n cy
t h e r e is n eit h er p ai n n o r g ross muscula r co n t r actio n .
HIGH FREQU ENCY CURREN TS 19
Fig . 5 H i gh F r eq ue n cy Co i l , G i vi ng A ll Mo d al i t i es .
H IGH FREQUENCY CURRENT S 21
b ut t h is would cause co n siderable co n fusio n at pres

e n t a n d so t h e ori g i n al n ome n clature is ad h e r ed to .
Lig h t ing Vacuum Tu b e Not P r o of of High Fr e

of
qu e ncy Cur r e n t A s intimated

. above ex citi ng a ,
vacuum tub e as f r om th e static machin e or from
Fig . 5 a Pr i s ma t i c Ray Ty p e of P orta b l e Co i l .
on e terminal of an inductio n co il is n ot proof of t h e

presenc e of a hi gh fre quen cy cur r ent . To produce
the high frequen cy curre n t there must b e attached
to either of th e ab ove o n e of the several forms of
hig h freque n cy app aratus describ ed in Chapter III .
22 EB ERHART S MAN U A L

or
CHA P TER TW O .
The D e ve l op me nt of the High Fr e que ncy Cur r e nt ;

L e yd e n J ars ; P l ate Cond e nse rs ;
El e ctri cal Osci ll ati on .
Th e D e v e l o p me nt of Hig h Fr e que n cy The rapy .
Th e therap eutic value of the h i g h fre que n cy cu r

re n t dep ends upo n a n um b e r of p h ysical p h e n ome n a ,
some of whic h were k n ow n many years b efo r e the

hi gh fre quency was t h ou gh t of .
In lookin g b ackwa r d o v er electrical h istory t h ere ,
are t hr e e poi n ts t h at b ear p a r ticula r ly upo n t h e

development of hi gh freque n cy therapy .
Fi r st : Th e i nv e n tio n of t h e L eyde n j a r o r an ,
ele ctrical conde n ser ; s eco n dl y t h e dis co v ery of w h at

,
is k n own as ele ct r ical oscillatio n ; a n d n ally its ,
appli catio n to t h e h uma n b ody .
The Le y d e n Jar or Cond e ns e r . The Leyde n j a r

was disco v e r ed i n 1 77 5 by Mu ssch e n b r oe k and ta k es ,
its n ame f r om t h e City of L eyde n . I t co n sists of a

H IGH F REQ UENCY Cu RRENr s
'
23
glass j a r covered o n b oth the outside a n d the inside

wit h tin foil . Fi
( g . These coverin g s o n ly ex
tend p art way to t h e top of th e j ar . A chai n from
th e cove r o f th e j a r co nn ects wit h t h e inn e r la y er ,
te r min at ing ab ove i n a small ro d with a b all tip .
This is fo r t h e purp ose of char g in g t h e j a r by c on
tact wit h th e chargin g sou r ce or dischargi n g it if

t h is k n ob is brought nearly or quite i n contact with
a metallic conductor touchin g the outer layer .
Th e p e culia r ity of t h e L eyde n j ar co n sists i n t h e

fact that whe n a c h ar g e of electricity is placed on
on e of its layers a n other c h ar g e

,
of opp osite polar
ity immediately app ears o n t h e other layer of the
j ar .
For instance if th e inner layer re ceives a p ositive

,
charge a n e g ative o n e will b e foun d

, on t h e outer
lead foil a n d vi ce versa .
Th ese c h ar g es will b e h eld for some time unl ess

somet h i ng o ccu r s to co nn e ct t h e tw o laye rs a n d al
lo w th e opp os i te k in ds of elect ri cit y to n eutra li ze

o n e a n ot h e r .
I n t h e L eyde n j ar t h e n we h ave two c h ar g es o f

, ,
electr i c i ty sep arated f r om o n e a n ot h e r b y t h e g l ass ,

,
wh ic h alt h ou gh it keeps t h e c h ar g es fr om g etting

,
to o n e an ot h e r do es n ot p r eve n t t h ei r e x e r cising
,
24 EBERHART S MAN UAL OF

Fig . 6 H i gh F r e q ue n cy C oi l G i v i ng
,
Al l M o d al it i e s .
H IGH FREQU ENCY Cu RREN rs
'
25
a n attraction upo n each other ; or ,

to sp eak more
pre cisely th e ,
on e ch arge induces a n opp osite char g e
o n t h e ot h er layer .
Fig 7 Le y d e n J a r s , Cy l i n d r i c al
, Typ e .
A substan ce w h ich separates two charges of ele c

t r i c ity in a co n de n ser while still p ermittin g th em to
have an i n ue n ce on o n e a n ot h e r is called a di
,
l i
e e ctr c. Ot h er di electrics than g lass are mica vul
-
,
c an it e ,
etc . Th e co n tractio n o f the charge on the
laye r of th e j ar causes a c r owdin g to gether or co n
d e n sin g of th e electrical io n s a n d thereby gives rise
,
to t h e n ame cond e nse r f or th e L eyde n j ar or the

ot h er form k no w n as t h e plate condenser .

or
In t h e plate condense r we have two layers of tin

foil separated by a plate of g lass thus keepin g up
the same relative ar ra ng ement that exists i n the
L eyden j ar . To make the analo g y more complete ,
D E
Fig . 8S ecti on of J ar Fig . 9 S ect i on of P la t e

C o n d e n se r .
I h ave b ee n accustomed in my classes to make use

of t h e illustratio n i n Fi g 8 , . showi ng a se ctio n of a
L eyde n j a r a n d the n supp osin g that t h is were made
of exible mate r ial , let us ima g ine that we to ok
h old of th e ends of the sectio n and st r aig h te n ed it
ou t w h e n it would app ea r as i n Fi g . 9, whic h re pr e
sents a cross sectio n of a plate co n de n ser .
El e ct ri c al Oscil l a t i on Wh en a L eyde n j ar
. or other
co n de n se r is discha rg ed t h rou g h an air space t h ere ,
is appa r e n tly a sin g le S park p assin g ac r oss t h e gap .
Fr om t h e time of t h e discovery of the j a r i n 1 7 7 5

un til 1 842 , t h is w as supposed to b e t h e case . A t t h is
time P r ofesso r H e n ry a nn ou n ced in r eality t h e r e
was a se r ies of S pa rk s p assin g b ac k a n d fo r t h b e
HIGH FREQUENCY CURRENT S 27
twe e n the termi n als of th e sp ark g ap . Th is phe

n ome n on h as received the n ame ele ctrical oscill a
tion . I t h as b ee n compared to th e a ctio n of tw o c ol
u mn s of wate r of d i e r e n t hei g hts connected at t h e

b ottom by a pip e wit h a valve in it When t h e v alve .
is op e n ed si n ce water seeks its o wn level t h e higher

, ,
colum n descends and t h e lowe r colum n rises

,
. As a
r esult of t h e actio n of g ravity on the g reate r weig h t
of t h e h i gh er colum n i n stead of th e column desce n d
,
in g un til level wit h th e oth er column an d t h e n sto p

pin g t hi s force carries it b elow u n til it b ecomes t h e
,
lowe r colum n and the ot h e r column t h e h i gh e r on e

'
a n d t h us the two columns b al an c e b ack a n d forth

un til n ally t h ey come to rest at a level .
An othe r illust r atio n may b e made use of i n th e

p e n dulum w h i c h whe n r aised to one side and
,
re
leased sw ing s over

, to t h e opposite side n early as far ,
a n d so b ac k a n d fort h t hr ou gh s h o r te r a n d S h o rt er
a r cs u n til it n ally stops in t h e ce n ter .
Elect ri city , followin g the same p r i n ciple as it

passes f r om a h i gh e r to a lowe r p ote n tial p r oduces ,
a s i mila r osci llatio n .
L od g e g a v e a n esp ecially suita b le i llustratio n by

like nin g t h e act i o n to t h e v ib r atio n o f a strai g ht
steel S p ring faste n ed at o n e e n d .
H I G H FREQU ENCY CURREN rs
'
Fig . l oa Por ta b l e Coi l .
El e ctri cal osc ill ation is the k e yn ote in th e th e ra
p e uti c app li cati on of hi g h f r e que n cy r nts

cur e , al
t h ou gh it was n early fo r ty yea r s after its discovery

b efo r e a n yo n e thou gh t of a pplyi ng t h e principle in
t h e t r eatme n t of t h e h uma n b ody .
CH A P TER THR EE .
Typ e s ofA pp ar atus ; D Arsonval Typ e ; Te sl a Tr as

f orme rs ; Imp e d ance ; D ir e ct D Arsonval Cur

r e nts ; Auto Conducti on ;

-
Auto Cond e nsa -
t i on ; R e sonator of Ondi n ; Tuni ng

Coils ; Me asuring the Curr e nt .
Typ e s of A ppar atus . There is n o i n tention on th e

p art of t h e author to e n cumb e r this v olume with
le ng thy descriptio n s o f app aratus . F or such in f or
matio n t h e reader is referred to the manufacturers
,
of elect r ical outts .
A ll h ig h fre quency inst rume n ts h owever are co n , ,
st r uct e d alo ng two princi p al typ es that of D Ar

s on v al a n d that of T
esla a n d t h ese s h ould b e un
d e r s tood b y t h e h i g h freque n cy op e r ator s in c e all ,
mac h ines r ep r esent on e o r th e ot h e r or a com b i n a

tio n of t h es e t yp es .
In co nn e ctio n or combi n atio n wit h t h em a t h ird

in st rume n t t h e r eso n ato r of Ou d in is in suc h com
H IG H FREQU ENCY CURRENT S 31
Fig 1 1
, . A Compl et e an d Con v en i e nt P or t a b l e O u t t .
32 EBERHART S MANUAL OF
mo n use that it also calls for S p ecial descriptio n . In

sp eaki ng of hig h fre quency cur r e n ts to b e spe cic , ,
we should always state th e form of current used ,
as D Ar s on v al hi gh freque n cy Tesla hi gh fr e

,
or
quene y etc ,
.
Th e D Ar son v al of

typ e app aratus as i t is ma n u ,
f ac tu r e d to day ,
co n sists of a c ombi n atio n of th e
D Ar son v al

solenoid and an improved typ e of th e
Ondi n resonator . Th e Ou d in cu r re n t deri v e d from
this typ e of app aratus se r ves to e n er g i ze va cuum

electro des t h e spray electrode t h e
, ,
s o- calle d stati c

sp ark electrode th e p ortable ozo n e inh ale r and
, ,
also I s the current whic h is utilized f or obtain in g

the old f ulguration spark Th e D Ar son v al

c .
solenoid is utilized for auto co n de n satio n auto co n -

,
-
Th e D Ar son v al

ductio n an d diat h ermy . s ole n oid
i n t h is i n sta n ce del iv e r s a compa r atively low p ote n
tial a n d h i gh mil liamp e r ag e cu rr e n t .
Th e Tesla typ e of app ar atus is designed alo ng t h e

D Ar son v al

same g e n eral li n es as is the a n d h as the
same wide ra ng e of usefuln ess b ut t h e g e n eral cha r ,
act e r isti cs of t h e current a r e d i e r e n t i n that the

Tesla typ e of app aratus delivers a hi g h p otential ,
l ow mill iamp e r ag e curre n t .

H IG H FREQUENCY CURRENT S 33
I f every physician employin g hi gh fre quency ap
paratus was aware of this di fference it is the au
thor s O pinion that many cases of misundersta n din g

and dissatisfaction would b e cleared away .
I n oth er words th e mill iampe r ag e r e ading of

,
th e
me t e r is not an i n d ic ator of the cap acity or p o we r

of the appara tus This means that 500 milliamperes
.
of Tesla high fre quen cy current is just as cap abl e

of producin g de ep constitutional e ff e cts as
milliamp eres on a D A r s on v al h i gh fre quency

ap
paratus .
Th e relative merit of th e Tesla versus the

D A r son v al

apparatus more particul arly as re
gards auto condensation and diath ermy has b een th e

-
subj e ct of numerous discussions a m on g electro ther -
ap e u tis ts Th e
thickn ess of the di ele ctric ( auto
.
-
condensation cushion ) has also entered into this dis

c u ss i on . I t h as b een proved th at either typ e is
capable o f pro ducin g results and in conse quence
thereof th e author do es n ot fe el capable of cho osin g
h imself as th e sole arbitrator in deciding which is
b etter . H e however for th e p ast three years h as
, ,
b een employin g th e Tesla typ e o f app aratus in h is

i n dividual pra ctice and has b een derivin g eminent
s atisfa ction from its use . H e employs a cushio n of
34 EBERHART S MANU AL

or

approximately three inch es in thickness this size
bein g e n do r sed by t h e standardization committe e of
the A merica n Electro Therap euti c A sso ciatio n-

.
A s will b e stated i n Ch apter VI t h e aut h o r o r ig

in ate d t h e thi n cushion as well as t h e portable t h ick
p ad an d th e metho d
,
of maki ng thes e di ff erent fo r ms
is give n . H e b ows to t h e r ulin g of th e co mmittte e
referred to ab ove and n ow employs o n ly t h e t h icke r
cus h io n .
The D Ar sonval Curr e n t is o n e

of hig h freque n cy ,
n ot very h i gh voltage and hi gh amp era g e ,

.
I t is admi n istered as a bi p olar method t h e r eby ,
e c ts D Ar s on v al

producin g constitutional e . started
wit h an induction coil attached to the dire ct cur
rent . The term i nals of t h e se condary coil were at
tac h e d to t h e inn er layers of two L eyde n j ars there ,
by chargi n g on e o f t h em p ositively a n d the oth e r

n egativel y . In th e circuit b etwee n th ese two layers
was placed a n adjustable s park g ap B etwee n t h e .
o ut er layers of th e j ars was placed a solenoid or
coil co n sistin g of fteen to twenty turns of coarse

copp er wire . This co mbinati o n of cond e ns e rs con
ne cting on one sid e thr oug h a spark a

g p, and on the
ot h e r thr oug h a c o il of w ir e is an ab solute
,
ne ce s
H I G H FRE Q U ENCY CURRENT S 35
sity in b tain the D Arsonval

rde r
o to o cur e nt,r an d
it t h erefo r e constitutes this type . S e e Fi g 1 3 . .
Whe n t h e p ositive laye r of the rst recei v e s a

su fcie n tly hig h cha rg e it jumps a cross,
th e spark
gap to n eutralize t h e ne g ative cha rg e i n t h e second
j ar . I mmediately the p ositive char g e o n t h e outer
layer o f the se co n d j ar is released a n d passes t h ro u g h
the coil of wire to n eutralize th e ne gative charge o n
the outer layer of the rst j ar and as it p asses ,
throug h this co il or solenoid it produces a

,
h i g h fr e
que n ey current keepi n g in mi n d the fact that th e
os cillation ba ck a n d fort h t h rou g h th e c o n densers
exists as described i n Chapter II . Th e patie n t is
con n ected on that side o f th e c on d e n s e rs that dis
char g es t h rou g h the coil and is really on a s h unt or
switch from that p art of the circuit a n d the r easo n ,
the patient receives any current at all ,

is b ecause
t h e solenoid possesses the property know n as self
i n ductan ce ,
w hich imp edes th e passa g e of th e c ur
r e n t allowi n g part of it to go th r ou gh th e lesser

,
re
s istan c e in the patient s ci r cuit The pro cess of in

.
t e r f e r in g with the current as a r esult o f t h e self

i n ducta n ce is called imp e d an ce .
The Te sl a Transf orme r and Co il . Tesla started

wit h t h e altern atin g cur r ent a n d by refe rr i n g
, to
ou r de n ition high freque n cy cu rr e n ts ( Ch apter

of
it is see n that all that was re qui r ed was t h e

increasin g o f the fre quen cy to a p oint wh ic h we
prop erly call high . To d o this h e used as a p r imary
, ,
a coarse coil o f wire co n sistin g of a few tur n s only ,
while the se condary coil consisted o f an e x tr aor d i
n ary numb er of
turns o f very ne wire the result
bein g that th e current induced therein was o f very
hig h tension and very h i g h fre quen cy . Th e Tesla
transformer or coil is esp ecially adapted to th e al
t e r n atin g current . I t is employed i n all of th e port

able high frequency apparatus ou the market . Th e
D Ar s on v al

Tesla p rimary res embles the curre n t ex
cept the amp era ge is less . Fi g 1 4
. shows on e metho d
of evolvin g the various currents .
A dmini stration of the D Arsonval

Cu rr e nt There
.
are three prin cip al ways in whic h this curre n t is

applied to the b ody ; rst t h e dire ct b i p olar met h od
,
-
.
w h ic h has als o b een subdivided into two or thre e

forms ; s econd auto conduction and third auto con
,
-
, ,
-
densation . In t h e rst method t h e p atient is di ,
r e c tl y co n nected to t h e termin als of t h e app aratus .
W h et h er the p atient holds th e two electro des ,

or
w h et h e r h e is attac h ed to one p ole w h ile t h e ot h e r ,
p ole is co nn ected wit h an electro de i n t h e h a n ds of

38 EBERHART S M AN U AL OF

[ owl/on s e t:
8: FR!
T
I S LA CO IL \
VERY c H Van na -
Hue s far e .
Fig 1 4
.
D i ag a m
r of Tes la Ty p e .
the O p erato r t h e met h od is still calle d di r ect

,
app l i
catio n . It s h ould b e bor n e i n mind t h at the direct

D Ar son v al

current is als o know n unde r seve r al
oth er terms suc h as diathermy elect r o co a g ulatio n
, ,
-
a n d t h ermo p e n etratio n -
. Se e Chapte r X I . R efe r
ring b ack f or a mome n t t o the comp o n e n t eleme n ts
D A r son v al

of th e apparatus it is seen th at sole
,
n oid s and condensers a r e fu n dame n tal pa r ts . In

D Ar son v al

th e elementary typ e we h ave o n e set
of co n de n sers a n d on e sole n oid . I t would app ea r ,

t h e r efore that th e invento r said
,
to h imself : If
on e sole n oid g ives a curre n t of hi gh fre quency let ,

us add a n other s oleno id a n d se e what t h at will do .
Thus th e second typ e ,

auto conduction
-
,
is con
structed and a large sole n oid is co n nected i n t h e
,

s h u n t whic h forms th e p atient s circuit and it is ,
made so large th at t h e patient may b e placed wit h in

t h is coil or ca g e whe n it is fou n d that as t h e h i gh
fre que n cy currents traverse the coil other hi gh ,
fr e
queney currents are i n d u ced i n t h e b ody of th e p a
tie n t . Th i s Is auto conductio n

-
.
A u to co n d e nsatio n
-
. A gai n r eve r ti ng to ou r ele
me n tary ty p e in ste ad of usin g the second sole n oid
th e n ext arra n gement was th e use o f a n ext r a c on
de n ser a n d t h e curre n t p asses from o n e termi n al

,
40 EBERHART S MA NUAL OF
into the plate of the condense r ,

w h ile the ot h er
plate was formed by the bo dy of th e p atient h e n ce
,
th e term auto conde n sation-

.
Ou din

s R e so na to r . Ou d in discovered that with a
coil of wire prop erly tuned or adj usted to the coarse
coil or solenoid of D A r s on v al the ele ctrical cu r rents

of the latter pro duced currents of such stre ng t h

that th ey might b e taken from th e terminal of the
larger solen oid and applied to the b ody . They are
of high frequency high voltage and low amp era g e
, ,
resemblin g th e Tesla secondary . A s ordinarily con

struct ed th e D Ars on v al apparatus and th e res

on at o r are combined in one instrument the r e s on a
t or prop er consisting of a large coil of ne wire

placed ab ove th e coarse solenoid of th e D A r s on v al

machine . S e e Fi g 1 5 . .
Tu n i ng Co ils . Th e b est results in resonance are

obtain ed wh en th e coils are prop erly adjusted an d
attuned to one anoth er . To fa cilitate this the wire
that p asses from one side of th e solenoid is attached
to a sliding metal nger which may b e moved up ,
or down on the solenoid and thereby in creas e ,

or de
crease the nu mb er of turns of wire employed . Th is
p ermits prop er adjustment of the coils at th e same
time it is foun d th at the greater th e n um b er o f tur n s
HIGH FRE Q UENCY CuRRENr s 41
included ,
th e sharp er t h e r esultin g spa rk a n d vi ce ,
ve r sa .
Fig .
D i a g a m
15 r of On d i n Res on at or .
Me asuri ng Hig h Fr e q ue ncy Curre nts . H ig h fr e
q u e n c y currents ca n not b e measu r ed with an ordi

For D Ar s on v al

n a r y mete r . cu rr e n ts t h e met h od
42 EBERHART S MANU AL OF

customarily employe d is the use of a h ot wire mete r .
This is really a thermostat i n stead of a n elect r ical

device . I t is b ased up o n the fa ct th at the passa g e
Fig 1 6 Ho t W i r e Me t e r
'
. .
1 6 aA ir -
C oo l e d and Air -
C l ea n e d S pa r k Gap .
o f the high fre quency current g ives rise to heat

and this heat causes expansio n i n a platinum wire
a n d t h ereby deects t h e n eedle in prop o r tio n . H ot
H IGH FREQU ENCY 43

CuRRENr s
Fig . 17 I arge C omb i n e d Tes la

.
,
On d i n an d D Ar so n val

T yp e Co i l .
CH A P TER FOU R
Var ious Fo rms of V ac uum Tu b e s ; Eff e c ts of Dif

f e r e nt Vac u a ; Insul at e d Tu b e s ; Fix e d and
A d j ustab l e S o ck e t H an d l e s .
Vari o us Fo rms of Tu be s . Th e vacuum tub es used

in high frequency work have b een made in almost
every conceivable form to enable them to b e ap
plied to various parts of th e b ody . Th e vacuum

of thes e tub es varies f r om on e -
v e hundredth of an
atmosph ere up to that p ossessed by the X ray -
,
on e
on e -
millionth . Th e color whic h app ears in the tub e
varies accordin g to th e de gree of vacuum ; thus a
l ow vacuum will pro duce a reddish color or g low
in th e tub e ; on e of mediu m or slightly ab ove me
d iu m va c uum a blue color ; and a h ig h vacuum a
,
white app earan ce .

S tron g says ,
As the ex h austi o n pro ceeds from
on e -
ve hundredt h to on e -
te n thou sandth of an at
mosp h e r e ,
th e disks b ecome thicker and th e stria
tio n s fewer an d th e colo r chan ges from a rose pink
,
-
46 EBERHART S M A NU AL OF
toviolet blue ( on e on e thousandth ) blue w h ite a n d

,
-
,
-
nally to a dense yellow white A low X r ay -

.
-
vacuum would b e ab out o ne on e -

hu n dred t h ou

san d th of a n atmosphere .
B esides th e de g ree of vacuum the lig h t is als o

,
supposed to b e inuenced by th e ki n d of gas re
mai n i n g in the tub e ,

a n d some autho r ities claim
that t h e r e is a direct analo gy b etwee n th e r apidity
of th e oscillations at the sp ark g ap a n d the colo r
of li g ht i n the tub e . A s the lowest numb e r of vib r a

tions producin g the color re d is 45 0 b illions p e r
second and the highest violet 7 50 billions ,
t h is
analo gy seems improb able .
Th e low vacuum tub es give o ff more h eat w h ile ,
the hi g h o n es give some c h emical ( ultra violet ) r ays -
an d if ve r y h ig h X rays ,
-
.
The re d or re d- p ink va cuum b esides givin g , o ff
more h eat is s edative and useful in pai n ful co n

,
d ition s and i n acute diseases and inammatio n .
The me d ium b lu e or b lue white vacuum gives

, ,
-
o ff
some ch emical rays ,

and is mo re appropriate i n
chro n ic co n ditio n s . I t is o fte n employed wh ere
t h e white vacuum would really b e i n dic ated as t h is ,
co n tai n s n ot only blue and violet ,

but also some
ultra violet r ays
-
. A ll chronic ailme n ts where t h e ,
H I G H FREQUENCY CURR EN TS 47
48 FBERHA RT S

MANUAL OF
1 1g
1
. 19 P o r t ab l e O u t t s .
2 0 Tu b es an d Ha n d l es .
C ond e n se r El e c tr o d e .
Fig . 21 Ins u la t e d Tu b es .
50 EBERIIART S

MANU AL OF
vitality is imp air e d /

S k in diseases in dolent ulcers
, ,
etc .
,
call for th e employment of the w h ite or blue
white tub e .
Muc h of the foregoin g is more th eoretical t h a n

it is practical and I have nally come to th e conclu
sion that a medium vacuum electro de ( purple ti n ge )
answers all pra ctical purposes and this is what I ,
am n ow usin g .
Vacuum tub es are ordinarily made in a S ingle

c hamb er the tub e ttin g into the socket
,
of a handle
that is used f or all th e different forms . S ome tub es
have a leadin g -
in wire and oth ers instead of having ,
a sin gle chamb er in the tub e have ,

the vacu u m di
v id e d into tw o chamb ers the size of th e c u r cu mf e r
ence of th e tub e con n e cted by a small tub e possibly
, ,
the size of a small p encil and surrounded by a c h am ,
b er that is not a vacuum . These latter are know n

as insulated tub es .
Th e tubes used most frequently are shown in F ig .
20 No 1 is the b o dy tu b e , which is used also i n

. .
treatin g face and scalp . NO 2 is th e r e ctal tu b e ;

.
3, vaginal ; 4, na s al ; 5, ur e t hral o r au r al ; 6, t hr oat .
I n place of No 1 .
,
No . 1 1 , Fig 2 1 will b e foun d
e qually useful and in some insta n ces sup erior o n
accoun t of the r idges aroun d t h e dep r essio n en
H I G H FREQUENCY CURRENT S
Fig . 2 3 V
a cu u m Tu b es .
H IG H FREQUENCY C U R RENT S 53
by D r . Titus is that with this tub e the cu r re n t may

b e introduced without loss into a n o rice of t h e
b ody . Take a plain vacuum tub e and attac h to the
current and when it is lighted up surround it w i t h ,
th e thumb an d foren ger and it will b e obse r ved

that there is n o li ght b eyond th e point of co n tact .
I t stands to reason therefore that if suc h a tub e

, ,
were intro duced fo r instanc e i n to the re ctum t h e

, ,
po int of contact wi th t h e b ody would draw off muc h

o f th e current and t h e surface w i t h in th e b o dy
would re ceive but little treatment . For this r easo n
wit h th e insulated tub e the op e n i ng of t h e o rice
comes in co n tact wit h t h e n o n vacuum p art -
of th e
tub e and t h e e n d of t h e tub e wh ere th e vacuum ex
ists thus co n veys all of the current in at t h e desi r ed
p oint .
I h ave b een taken to task f or my stateme n t ab ove ,
on th e ground th at contact wit h the e n ci r cli ng n g e r

possesses n o cap acity . I t simulates h owever the , ,
conditions of c ertai n o r ic ial treatme n ts and afte r

tryin g the exp erime n t referred to, I am sure th e
physician will r esort to t h e use of insulated tub es
f or r ectal and oth er or ic ial work .
Th e prin cip al forms of insulate d tub es in use are

shown in Fig . 21 . No 7 is f or t h e
. e ar ; 8, r ectal ,
or

prostatic ; 9 post nasal ; ,

-
1 0, for va g i n a o r ute r us ;
11, prostatic or fo r g eneral surfac e us e ; 1 2, u r et h ral
or aural ; 1 3, n asal .
The A dj u st ab l e S ock e t Handl e . Th e o r di n ary

h older for hi gh frequency tub es consists of a st r ai gh t
handle wit h a metal socket into whic h the tub e is
received as show n in Fig . 20 . This is suitable fo r
holdin g electrodes that are applie d to t h e surfaces o f
the b ody but ,
f or most conditions I p r efer a h a n dle
with a movable or adjustable socket . Fi g . 20 .
This so cket may b e placed at any an g le to th e

handle that may b e desire d and with a t h umb sc r ew
made secure at the point necessary . The ad v an
ta g e of this will b e discus sed in detail in Chapte r

V II .
,
wh en considerin g the sp ecial te chnique f or va
r iou s portions of the b ody .
Th e latest typ e of my adjustable h a n dle is s h o wn

in Fi g . 24 . I t is of spri n g steel and a ccommo dates
tub es of varyin g diameters .

A uth o r s S pat ul a t e Tu b e s . I have rece n tly de
si gned the tub es show n in F i g . 27 . They e n d in a
atte n ed sp atulate extremity . In the b ody tub e t h e
end is at an angle wit h t h e main tub e t hus ma k in g ,
it much h andier to use th a n th e r egulatio n typ e of
body ele ct r o de .
H I G H F REQUENCY CURR ENT S
Fig 2 4A u t h or s La t es t A d j us t a b l e Ha n d l e

. .
56 EBERIIART S

MANU AL OF
Th e va ginal prostatic and rectal tub es a r e simila r

,
in shap e but are straight . They vary o n ly i n S ize

and are made b oth plain and insulated .
Ne a t C o m b i na t i on of H i gh F r e q ue n c y an d X -Ra y .
Th e physician who has b een using va ginal and

prostati c tubes will readily perceive the adva n ta g es
of th e larger at surface . Either of these tub es will
b e found quite satisfa ctory for surface applications .
H IG H FREQU EN CY Cu RRENr s

2 T A u t h o r s Ne w S pa t u la t e Tu b es

.
H IG H FREQUENCY CURRENT S
HIG H FREQUENCY CURRENT S 61
I n s h o r t t h e fun dame n tal value

,
of h ig h fre que n cy
currents is their benecial e ff ect o n all nut r itive
pro cesses . I ncidental to t h is we h ave increased oxy
g e n ati on o f blo od an d tissues increased leuco cytosis
,
( an d phago cytosis ) and increased elimi n atio n .
There is n o painful sensation pro duced by th e va c

u u m tub e wh en held rmly in th e hand thus estab ,
~
l ish in g co mplete electrical contact . Ordinarily ther e

is a sensation o f h eat an d in some instances p ercep
tible vibration . R emovin g (th e tub e pro duce s a
spark which increases in sharpness as th e tub e is

draw n away up to the full len gth S park it is capable
,
of e mittin g . Th e lon g est S p ark which may b e dra w n

from th e tub e h as b een my metho d of rou ghly caleu
latin g th e stren gth of the current and the re g ulation
o f the dosa ge . S e e Chapter VI .
Ge n e ral Act io n of Vacu um El e ct r o de . I n a gen

eral way th e a ction of th e current when applied by
means of the glass va cuum electro de is as follows :
A mild current with tub e in co n tact is sedative . As
the current is in creased , or the electro de removed
from t h e surface allowi ng a sp ark to pass it
, ,
be
comes rst mildly sti mulatin g then stron gly stim ,
u l at in g and nally caustic or destructive . Th e whole

g r adation of e ff ect from sedation to cauterization
62 EB ERHART S M A NU AL OF

bein g essentially a question of cu rr e n t i n te n sity a n d

len gth or sharpness of sp ark .
With this is the e ffect of hyp eremia and t h e g e r

mi c id al a ction of the sp ark and t h e ozo n e whic h
it lib erates .
S ummary of Vacuum Tu be Eff e cts from Ou d in

reso n ator or Tesla secondary
1 . I ncrease bloo d supply to a give n area
-
. H
( y
p e
e r mia ) .
2 . I ncrease oxidization a n d lo cal n utritio n .
3 . I ncrease oxygenatio n of blood .
4 . In cre as e intake of oxygen .
5 . I ncrease output o f carbo n dioxide .
6 . I ncrease secretions .
7 . In crease eli mination of waste pro ducts .
8 . L ib erate ozo n e with th e resultant b e n et of
more or less of this ozone b ein g inhaled by t h e p a
tient and also prob ably carried directly into th e

,
tissues .
9 . I ncrease b o dily h eat wit h out a cor r espo n din g

,
rise i n temp eratu r e .
10 . L o cally germicidal .
11 . Mild and m edium sp arks stimulate or soot h e

accordin g to len gt h and character o f application .
12 . S tron g spa r ks a r e caustic .

13 . S parks t o S pine increase arterial tension .
14 . Promote absorption of plastic exudates or ad
h e s ion s .
These e ff ects of vacuum tub e applications while ,
esse n tially lo cal are ,

n ot absolutely so . Th e current
traverses th e b o dy i n all directions fro m the p oint
of entry but is , ,
of course most intense and p r o
,
n ou n c e d at th e latter p oint . Prolonged applica

tions of vacuum tub es will g ive systemic e ff ects but ,
these are obtained more easily by auto co n de n sa -
tio n .
Co nst itut io nal Eff e cts . These are derive d throu gh

auto condensation and auto co n duction
- -
. Th e se cur
rents increase b o dily heat almost always sho win g ,
a rise of from on e -
half to on e and a h alf de grees in
temp e r atu r e durin g a ten minute application -
.
S ome attribut e t h e e e ct of these curre n ts to th e

h eat they develop i n the tissues . I n my O pinio n

th eir pri n cipal e ff ects are due to c ellula r mas
sage . Th ey have t h erefore a great e ff e ct upon
, ,
metab olism .
The e ff ect of auto condensati on i n produci n g

-
ce l lu
l ar massage is appreciated wh en we r ealize that the

char g e in t h e patie n t S b o dy must return b ack into
t h e circuit and t h e n alternate with on e of O pposite

p olarity ; thus rst a p ositive and then a n egative

,
charge is carried into th e bo dy and b ack a gain . This

pro duces a to and fro wave that acts upon every
- -
cell in the organism . No sensation is usually pe r

ce p tib l e if p erfect electrical contact with the p atient
exists in the latter s circuit
.
S yn o p s i s of Co ns t itut io nal Eff e c ts

1 . I ncrease general metab olism .
2 . I n crease glandular activity .
3 . I ncrease temp erature and b o dily h eat .
4 . I ncrease oxidization and hemo g lobin .
5 . I ncreas e se cretions .
6 . I ncrease elimin ation .
7 . L ower blo o d pressure when hyp ertensio n ex

-
ists .
8 . S o othin g to th e n ervous system .
Hig h Fr e qu e n cy B u rns . This is a subj e ct w h ich

has n ot b een touch ed up on in th e literature on hi gh
fre quency . Th ere is a prevalent idea amon g many
op erators that th ese currents do n ot a n d ca nn ot
pro duce a bur n . Tru e , th ey do n ot cause a derma
comparable to that pro duced b y th e X ray
'
titis ,
-
,
but th ey are still c apable of causing a n n oyin g sur

face burns .
I t will b e n oted by th e physicia n wh o is accus

t om e d to handlin g the ex cited tub e with his h ands
that after a time th e skin especially about th e
,
n
I lg
Q .
. 28 F or mal i n S t e r i l i z e r .
g er tips feels as if he h ad b een handling a

,
hot dish .
t h at had seared the oute r ski n . A lso in g ivin g

va g inal treatme n ts p rolon ged application may result
,
i n shreds of th e mucous membra ne adhering to th e

66 EBERHART S M ANUAL OF

tub e when it is withdrawn . To av oid t h is ,

I m ak e
it a rul e n e v e r to l e av e a v acu um t ub e in c o nta ct
w it h a mu cous m e m bran e f or mo r e t han s e v e n mi n
ut e s a t a t ime . Occasionally th e urge n cy of a case

is such that I am willin g to give lon g er treatments

and take t h e chance of a p ossible burn .
H igh frequency currents seem to have no cumu

lative e e ct in so far as burnin g is concerned a n d ,
treatment may b e rep eated fre quently without a n y

app arent dan ger ; thus ,
thre e seven minute treat
-
ments may b e given in on e day with intervals of
t hre e to six hours b etween ,

without any s erious
c onse quence when on e twenty minute treatment may
-
b e disastrous .
H ig h frequency bur n s app ear immediately ; there

is n o interval as x
w ith t h e X ray -
. A noth e r use of
the hi g h fre quency in w h ich burns may result is in

th e applicatio n of the sp ark to a mucous membrane ,
as f or instan ce to the lip where care a n d judgment

, ,
must b e used .
I h ave s ee n a fairly sh arp application to a cold

sore result in the formatio n of a large vesicle
whic h uptured and p oured gf orr th incred ible

r an
amount of serum and was three weeks in h ealing .

H IGH FREQUENCY CuRREN rs
'
67
A s a sharp sp a r k h as a cauterizing c e c t a n d is
use d f or that purpose it is readily i n ferred that t h e
,
r eaction just referred to is o f this n ature as eve n,
a c omparatively mild spark will inue n ce a mucous

membra n e .
A n other condition in whi ch these currents must

b e used with care is ab out th e n eck or s calp wh ere
,
there is a ne fuzzy growth ,

of h air a s with some
,
forms of app aratus h avin g considerable amp erage ,
enough current comes through to pro duce a spark

capable of settin g re to any inammable substa n ce .
This prop erty o f th e high fre que n cy spark may

b e easily demonstrated by lightin g a gas j et wit h
it . I have b een told o f one or two insta n ces w h ere
severe bur n s o c curred from the spreadin g of th e tiny
ame to the h air on t h e h ead .
I wis h to S p ecially cautio n a g ai n st the da ng er of
usin g th e h i gh fre quency sp a rk on the s calp i n con

n e ction with lotions containin g a h ig h p e r ce n t o f
alco h ol or ot h er readily inammable material Wh ere .
suc h lotions are employed t h e h i gh f r e que n cy spa rk

,
must b e used r st and t h e lotio n applied t h ereafte r ,
or a se r ious accide n t may h app e n .
The same point must b e kept i n mi n d w h e n usin g

th e catap h oric electrode .
H I G H FREQU EN CY CURRENT S 69
diseases particularly those

, ae c tin g t h e skin a n d
,
by combi ni ng the two a greate r amou n t , of X -

r ay
may b e safely used while its actio n is h astened by
,
the complementary e ff ect of the h i gh frequency cur

rent .
Fig 2 S a,
P orta b l e Ou t fit .
This must n ot co n found t h e reader with th e actio n

o f stro n g sparks which as in fulguration destroy
, , ,
arterioles ,
or p roduce a n e n darteritis similar to that
caused by th e X ray -
.
70 EBERHARI
'

S MANUAL OF
CHA P TER S IX .
G e n e ral Te chn iqu e ; Vacuu m Tu b e s ; L u b r i catio n ;

Cau tio n s ; Ase p s is Me th o d of S tan d ar d iz i ng D osag e ;
Aut h o r U n it f or Me a su ring A u to Co n de ns ati o n ;

s -
P r e p arat i on o f P a tie n t ; Te chn i qu e f or S k in D is

e ase s o r S u r f ac e L e si o n ; fo r R e lie f of P ain ; Cau te r
ization ; Oricial Te c h ni q u e ; Cataph o r e sis ; Ri -
Pol ar
Te sl a Te chn i qu e ; S e l e c tio n of Mo st S uit ab l e Fo r m
of Cu rr e n t ; Ful gura tio n ; Co nst i t ut io na l Tr e atm e n t ;
A uto Co n du ctio n ;
-
A uto Co n d e n s ati o n ;
-
Po rtab l e
P a ds ; H om e Ma d e Cou ch e s
- an d P a ds ; D Ar sonval

S urging s

; W ate r S pray ; L o cal A uto Co n de n sa
-
tio n ; In d ir e ct S park s ; Tak i ng the B l oo d P r e ssur e ;

Misce ll an e ous S ugg e s tio ns ; Di at h e r m y .
On e author g ives upwards of twe n ty differe n t

methods of using h igh fre que n cy cur r e n ts . This is
apt to p r ove confusing to t h e ordinary user of t h es e
curre n ts a n d I have r educed t h e h ead in g s u n der
,
whic h to discuss te chnique to thos e met h ods most

commo n ly in vo gue .
H IGH FRE Q UEN CY CURRENT S 71
Cl assi cat io n of Te chni que

1 . Vacuum tub e technique .
( Tub e ex cite d by
Ondin or currents )
Tesla .
2 . Ful guration .
3 Constitution al ( auto conde n sation an d auto

.
-
conduction ) .
Diathermy Direct D Ar son v al ; ele ctro

4 . .
( -
co
ag u l at i on ; thermo p enetratio n )
-
.
1 . VA CUU M TU B E TECH NI QU E .
This involves th e use of th e tub es b y direct con

ta ct b y e fe u v e ( ne S pray ) and by actual sp arks
, ,
from th e mildest form to th e S harp caustic forms .
I t may b e classied otherwise a ccordin g to its u se
as in ( a ) skin diseases ulcers inammatory pro , ,
cesses etc ; ( b ) relief of pain as in neuralgias etc ;

,
.
, ,
.
( c ) or ie ial application .
.
Vacuum tub es are employe d w h ere a n esse n tially

lo cal c e c t is desired .
L u bri ca t i o n of Tu b e s . A ny of t h e lubricatin g j el
lies un g ue n ts
, or cerates may b e employed on tub es
used wit h i n th e u r ethra vagina ,
or r ectum .
Vaseli n e answers very well fo r alt h ou gh it is a , ,
n o n conductor
-
of ordinary electricity the t h i n co at ,
in g required on t h ese tub es is absolutely n o b ar to

hig h frequ en cy currents .
72 EBERH ART s

MANUAL OF
1 . A s stated in Chapter V .
,
hi g h f r e que n cy
currents are capable of producin g a n noyi n g but
n ot ordinarily serious surfac e burns . These e f
feets are especially quick to app ea r w h e n mucous
surfaces are treated as in rectal vaginal urethral , ,
or nasal appli cations and also in treatin g diseas ed

areas ab out th e lips . On this a ccount the applica i
tion shou ld be relatively short and mild if a spark
is employed in treating withi n th e various orices .
Make it a ge n eral rule n ever to allow a vacuum tub e

to remain in c on t ae t with a mucous membra n e for

more tha n seven minutes at on e treatment .
2 . When th e current is one of relatively h ig h

amp era ge the spark will set re to any easily in
,
ammable materi al . This may b e illustrated by

lighting th e g as with th e spark as previously ,
re
ferred to . On this account care must b e exercised

in treati n g certain areas .
3 . W h e n introducin g glass s ounds into t h e male

urethra great care must b e ex ercised n ot to use a n y
undue force a n d thereby b r eak off th e g lass tub e
within t h e can al . Thes e tub es a r e made of stro n g
glass but may b e broken by unusual pressure o r
, ,
by a sudden j erk . I f di fcult of introduction it is

b etter to pass steel sou n ds rst to a size l a r ger tha n
t h e g lass s oun d as su g gested i n Chapter V I I u n d e r

,
U rethral Tec hn ique .
Car e of Vacuu m Tub e s . Ase p sis A lthou gh the

spark or e fe u v e from the vacuum tub e is g ermi
c id al in c h ara cter still it is the duty o f th e physi
,
c ian to use the utm ost care and cleanliness in em

ployi n g it in order to gua r d a gai n st any possib ili ty
o f spreading infection from on e p atient to another .
I n other words h e would better follow some de

nite system o f steriliz in g an d disinfecti n g t h e tub es ,
a n d the n earer this is to surgical asepsis th e b ette r .
Wiping off the tub es on a clot h or towel o r sim

ply rinsin g In water is n ot e n ou g h .
A pply the test to yours elf . H ow would y ou like

to b e treated with a tub e that had b ee n used i n
contact with a sp ecic disease and which had re
ce ive d no furthe r clea n i n g tha n mere dippi n g i n

water and th en b ei ng wip ed o ff wit h a towel t h at
had already do n e similar service an indenite num
b er of times ?
L et your tech n ique b e so careful a n d con sc i e n
tious that you n eed never blame you rs elf for spread
in g co n ta g ion or i n fection o f an y kind .
This is a subj ect that I h ave n ot seen me n tio n ed

i n a n y t r eatises on hi gh freque n cy cu r re n ts .
D o not use t h e same tub e for S p ecic a n d n on

sp ecic or ic ial cases . This alone will do muc h
toward lessenin g th e dan ge r of in fe ction .
A s these tub es b ea r heatin g th ey may b e ster
i l iz e d by b oilin g j ust as sur g ical instruments a r e

,
sterilized .
This h owever is n o t n e cessary as immersio n in

stron g antiseptic solutions will b e su fcie n t .
A tub e that is to b e used i n conta ct with a mu

cous membrane such fo r i n stance as a va ginal
, , ,
or
urethral electro de should b e immersed in pu r e car

,
b ol i c a cid or in pure cr e th ol , b e n e tol o r lysol b e ,
fore a gai n usin g if it h as b ee n i n contact with t h e

,
discharge from a sp e cic disease .
In c ases such as acn e psoriasis eczema n eural

, , , ,
gia ,
n on - sp e c ic diseases of th e urethra rectum ,
or
vagina etc ,
.
,
it will su ffice if the tub e is immersed
f or a few moments ,
or kept p ermanently when n ot ,
in use i n a stron g solution Of any of t h e t h ree

,
on e
antiseptics mentioned in th e pre cedin g p aragrap h .
F or t h is purp ose a glass j ar lar g e enou gh to take ,
in th e various electrodes should b e l l ed with a ,
twenty p e r ce n t solution carboli c acid ( a ve of
p er ce n t solutio n is n ot e n ou g h ) ; or as its e qu iv a
H IG H FRE Q U ENCY CURRENT S 75
lent ,
on e of c r e th ol , b e n e tol o r lysol co n tai n in g a
tablespoonful of eit h e r to t h e pi n t of wate r .
A n ide al way would b e to h a v e tw o j ars ,

on e con
tainin g th e full stre ng t h a n tiseptic for the tub es ,
employed i n infectious cases a n d th e other ,

f or t h ose
used i n n on -
conta gious diseases .
P erso n ally I prefe r cr e th ol or lysol to ca rb olic

a cid b ecause e qually s atisfactory and
,
n ot caustic if
any of th e full stren g t h liquid accidentally comes

in co n tact wit h t h e op erato r s h a n d .
I f th e tub es a r e imme r sed in the pure a n tisepti c

t h ey should b e t h orou g hly rinsed i n alcohol and .
water ,
or i n water alo n e b efore us ing . Fr om th e
weaker solutions water alon e is n e cessary but i n
, ,
b ot h cases hot wate r is preferable .
The conveniences of most of ou r moder n o fce

buildin g s make t h e technique of sterilizin g th e tubes
a simple on e i n the lar g e cities ,
but in sm aller
tow n s the physicia n will n d it somewh at more o f
a task .
In t h e abse n ce of large j a r s to k eep t h e tw o solu

tio n s i n wit h th e tub es constantly immersed wide
, ,
mout h ed bo ttles may b e employed f or use b efore

an d after ea c h t r eatme n t .
HIGH: FREQ U ENCY CURRENT S 77
rinsin g , or even ordinary clea n li n ess would b e suf

c ie n t ; but at the close of the cours e of treatme n t s ,
b efore the tub e was use d for a n ot h e r case it t h e n

should receive vigorous and through s te r il iz atron ,
i n proportion to the d a ng er of infectio n involved

in the case .
Th e sterilizer shown in Fi g . 28 is a n excelle n t

on e . A b as in of formali n solution keeps t h e tub es
always sterile .
S ome of my readers may t h ink I am devoti ng t oo
much space to this subj e ct but it is a n imp orta n t ,
on e ,
and my early surgical traini n g h as made me a
crank on this point and re ally could you ever

, ,
excuse yourself if throug h your careless n ess you

spread say a sp ecic infection even in
, ,
on e single
insta n ce ?
Me asuring D osag e . On e p r oblem t h at confronts
the physicia n w h o is b e ginnin g to use t h e hi gh fr e
qu eney is a metho d of measurin g dosa ge . There is
no meter which will measure the output of th e
vacuum electrode or i n ot h e r wo r ds the u n ipolar
current . Fo r auto c o n densatio n and
-
for diat h ermy
th e hot wire meter is used and proves r elatively
-
satisfa ctory . Fo r t h e vacuum tub e in order to con

vey a n idea t h at would app l y n o matt e r what siz e ,
78 EBERHARr

s MANU AL or
or make of appa r atus mi gh t b e employed I h ave ,
made us e of th e len g t h of spark whic h it is p ossible

to draw from the vacuum tub e as a simple metho d
of g iving some idea of t h e stren g th of curre n t em
ployed . This is a very c r ude method a n d op e n to ,
s ome s erious obj ections but will a n swe r t h e pur

pose i n a g eneral way an d co nv ey a mo r e in te l l i
gent idea tha n any metho d ot h er tha n a mete r .
Wit h a denite amount of current p assi ng throu gh

the app aratus th ere is a p ositive p oint n ear t h e tub e
that represe n ts its utmost sp arki ng dista n ce t h at ,
is th e lon g est sp ark that ca n b e drawn from t h at

,
tub e and this will remain constant as lon g as t h e

,

current is consta n t less enin g th e curre n t s h ortens
th e sp ark increasin g it ,
len gthens it . Therefore ,
if I say I e mploy for skin diseases a tub e cap able
of yi eldi n g a on e -
quarter inc h or one half inch sp ark
-
,
I give to the physician a denite idea of the amount

of current I would employ in the tub e .
This does n ot take into consideratio n t h e s h arp

ness of the sp ark whic h must b e adjusted in accord
,
ance wit h individual susceptibility and the typ e of
mac h i n e used .
Wit h t h e Tesla typ e of apparatus a n d p a r ti cula r ly

wit h small machines th e S p ark is apt to b e sharpe r
H IGH FREQUENCY CU RRENr s
'
79
in proportio n a n d is desi g nated fre que n tly as a

h ot sp ark . With these outts it is ofte n imp os
sible to employ a sp ark more than a quarte r of an
inc h i n len gth . With other typ es a lon g er spark
will b e tolerated and wit h t h e Ou d in typ e of ap

paratus we have wh at may b e calle d a cold
spark and fre quently
,
on e three quarters
-
or an inc h
long may b e more easily b or n e t h an a quarter inch -

hot spark . Th e cold sp ark is d e hy d r ator y an d
th e h ot spark caustic . I n i n terpreti n g my su g g e s
tio n s for dosa ge in Chapter V III these facts should ,
b e take n into consideration . Ordin arily if t h e dose

is give n on e -
fourt h to on e -
h alf i n c h t h e rst would

b e f or the hot a n d t h e seco n d f or the cold
spark .
The Eb e rh ar t A u th o r s U ni t of Me asu r e me n t f or

.
A u to- Cond e nsatio n . For a lon g time b oth physi

c ian s and ma n ufacturers h ave felt the n eed of a
standard un it for measurin g auto condensatio n -

on e
that would fairly r ep resent th e auto condensation -
output of any typ e of machine . I b elieve I have

solved t h is problem an d h ave a standard ,
of meas
ur e me n t that will p r ove a cceptable to the man u f ac
tu r e r s of any form o f apparatus . I t will b e foun d
c onvenient for th e manufa cturer to state with th e
EBERHART MAN UAL OF

80 S
directions f or auto condensation that the output

-
of
the machine is s o ma n y Eberharts p er minute to

eac h 1 00 millia mp eres registered on the h ot -
wire
meter . I n this way with the dosage g iven as a cer
tai n numb er of Eb erharts it is easy to note by the
,
meter how ma ny Eb erhar ts are passing p er minute

and by noting how many times this numb er will go
in the total dose stated the numb er of minutes re
quired fo r the treatment is ascertain ed .
There are three essential elements enteri n g into

auto condensation
-
. F irst the pressure or p otential
( voltage ) second the rate o r meter readin g ( amp er
,
a g e ) ; and thir d th e ti m e When th e volta ge is

, _
.
h igh the amp erage is correspondin gly l ow , and vice

versa . In a general way the e ff ectiveness of a n y
machin e fo r auto condensation may b e expressed in
-
terms representin g the product ofthe volta ge a n d

th e meter reading ( e quivalent o f amperage ) Thus .
volts at 5 00 is th e same as volts at

each representin g an a
uto c ondensatio n ~
e ff e c ~
tiv e n e ss of
My unit o f measurement f or auto condensatio n

-
is b ased the passa ge o f

on v o l ts at a rate o f
1 00 milliamp eres i n on e minute o f time Th is unit .
I call the Eb erhart and abbreviate it E .

H IG H I REQ U EN CY

CLRREN TS

81
We have two types of appa r atus f or auto co mde n

-
sation the ,
on e high volta ge an d comparatively l ow
amp era ge the other low voltage and high amper
a ge . I n a general way I assume that t h e rst rep
resents a current of about volts delivered at
a rate of 3 50 to 50 0 milliamp eres as shown on a
hot wire meter
-
. Th e se co n d avera ges volts ,
p otential and is ordinarily delivered at a rate aver

,
a gin g 7 50 to b ein g a fre quent rate . Ap

plyin g ou r unit it will b e seen that volts e qual
50 E f or . each 1 00 milliamp eres meter readin g an d ,
if the meter read 5 00 , th ere would b e delivered 5

times 50 or 2 50 E f or . each minute of time and this
,
would give E in a ten minute treatment With

.
-
.
th e other machine volts e qual 2 5 E p e r 1 00 ,

.
and with meter at would give 10 times 25 E .
or 250 E . p er minute or ,
E would require a
.
te n minut e treatment
-
.
The manufacturer may state the volta ge of his

machine if desired but the simpler way is to give
, ,
th e numb er of Eberharts to each 1 00 milliamperes

meter readin g . H e should also state th e avera ge
meter readin g at wh ich t he apparatus is to be op
e r at e d . I f h e states th e volta ge to compute a ,

re
quired dose multiply the meter readi ng by t h e n um

,
82 EBERHART S MA N U AL OF

b er of t h ousand volts a n d divide t h is product by,
1 00 . This is th e n um b er of Eb er h art units b ein g

give n p e r mi n ute a n d by dividi n g t h e dose as g ive n
,
i n Eberharts by this we h ave t h e n umb er ,

of mi n
utes r equired . G oin g b ac k to our previous example
to give E auto co n de n sation on a m ac h i n e of
.
-
v olts wit h e n ou gh cu r re n t passin g to r ais e

meter to 5 00, multiply n umb e r of t h ousand volts ,
50 by meter r eadi ng 5 00, and p r oduct is Di

vide b y 1 00, whic h is do n e b y cutti ng o ff two cip h ers ,
and we h ave 2 50, whic h is t h e numb e r of Eb erh arts

p er mi n ute 2 50 g o es into te n times t h erefo r e
, ,
it ta k es te n mi n utes to g ive t h e r e quired dose of
E .
I t Will b e seen t h at it would b e muc h simpler if

t h e manufactu rer st a
ted wit h t h is mac h i n e t h at t h e
auto co n dens atio n output was 5 0 Eb e r ha r ts p e r
-
minute fo r each 1 00 milliamperes re g istere d by t h e

meter . The n i f the dose to b e given is E and.
th e m eter r e g istered v e times t h e r ate

5 00 , or 1 00 ,
it is easy to g ure t h e n t h at 5 00 is ve times 50

or 25 0 E . and this g o es i n ten times t h erefore,
it takes te n minutes to g ive t h at amou n t .
Wit h th e o the r typ e of mac h in e we will say t h at

th e output is 25 E . p er miu te p er 1 00 milliamp eres ;
H IG H F RE Q UEN CY CU RRENr s
'
83
but this mac hin e will o r d in arily b e op e r ated at a b out

milliamp eres ,
or te n times 1 00 , t h e r efo r e it is
also deli v eri ng te n times 25 E . or 250 E . p er min
ute and it will also take ten minutes to g i v e
,
E . In Chapter VIII t h e dosa g e of auto co n de n sa -
tio n will b e state d i n Eb er h a r ts .
I t is well to rememeb er that t h e r e is esse n tially

no dan g e r i n auto co n de n satio n a n d the r efo r e n o
-
ove r dos e s o t h at t h e dosa g e stated ma y b e g reatly

-
,
increase d if results are n ot obtained .
Th e only cases i n w h ic h cautio n is n ecessary are ,
t h os e w h ere a p atient is carryin g a h i gh temp e r ature

or w h ere th e puls e pressure is 20 o r lowe r .
P r e para tion of P atie nt . W h e n t h e surface of th e

bo dy is to b e t r eated the , q e sti on of r emo ving t h e
clothin g arises . I f n o spark is desired th e ele ctrode ,
must b e i n co n tact wit h th e ski n a n d any clothin g ,
cove r i ng t h e p a r t must b e r emo v ed .
A ll metal suc h as c h ain s corset ste els wir e hai r

, ,
-
,
pi n s etc ,
.
,
wit h w h ic h th e tub e comes in contact or
wit h i n sparkin g dista n c e of , will b e c h a rg ed wit h
th e curre n t a n d g i v e r ise to sh arp and disa gre eable
s e n satio n s . I f th ey ca n not b e avoided th e y should
b e remo v ed .
H IGH FREQ U EN CY CURRENT S 85
keep the tub e in li g ht co n tact wit h t h e s ki n t h us ,
givi ng a su fficient i n tensity of cu rr e n t but avoidi n g

,
t h e pai n that would r esult if t h e tub e we r e held at
Fig .
Va cuu m
28b El ec tr o d e Te chii iqu e .
full sp arki ng dista n ce from the su r face . Th e tub e

is p assed rapidly bac k a n d fo r t h ove r the a r ea
treated a n d this will b e accomplis h ed i n t h e easiest
,
ma nn e r by h oldi ng t h e tub e h a n dle li gh tly with the


n g ers wit h t h e thumb extended alo ng t h e h a n dle

,
.
A side to side motio n wit h t h e w r ist will so o n b e

come a matter of habit to t h e op erato r a n d t h e tub e
will p ass li g htly over t h e su r fac e wit h out a n y sud
de n j erks or elevations to cause a nn oyin g sp arks .
I f the sk in is moist a n d t h e tu b e sticks it may

b e dusted wit h t alcum o r ot h er dusti n g powder to
obviate t h is difculty . An ot h er met h o d is to place

a thi n clot h over th e su r face ,
w h ic h will e n able
the tub e to b e used smo othly a n d at the same time
do es n ot r emove it far enou g h from th e su r face to
make an unpleasa n t S p ark .
Where itchin g is marked th e tub e is raised f r om ,
the skin and as sharp a sp ark applied as th e p atie n t

will tolerate f or a S hort p erio d of time . This
quickly relieves t h e itchin g an d also quickly pro ,
duces th e characteristic reactio n of th e current

( hyp eremia ,
In treatin g epit h eliomas l upus and any chronic ,
ulcers a S p ark is employed i n th e same ma nn e r t h at

, ,
is as s h arp as t h e p atient ca n stand but

, ,
n ot for
a lo n g p e r io d say from tw o to t hr ee up to o ccasio n
,

ally ve minutes . U nless cauterization is soug h t ,
t h e tub e should b e kep t movin g r ap idly over t h e

surface a n d n ot allowed to exp e n d its full ce ct
H IGH FREQUEN CY CU RRENT S 87
steadily over any mi n ute area . A t t h e p r es e n t time

ful guration ( caustic ) would b e employed more f r e
q uently f o r epithelioma a n d lupus .
Te c h ni q u e fo r R e l i e f of P ai n . I n co ng estive h ead
aches neural g ias a n d other p ai n ful co n ditions t h e
, ,
b enecial actio n of the hi gh fre quency current seems

t o b e largely the result of counter irritatio n -
. Th e r e
fore ,
it makes very little di ff erence wh ether a s h a r p
spark is used with the rapidly movin g tub e at full
sp arkin g dista n ce o r whet h er with the same
,
in t e n
sity of cu r re n t t h e tub e is kept i n co n tact wit h

,
t he
ski n . I t dep ends up on t h e se n sitive n ess of t h e p a
tie n t and also up o n the lo cation of th e area t r eated .
A lon g sharp spark o ccasionally ex erts a sli g h t caus

tic e ff ect and t h e surfa ce will b e covered wit h tiny
,
blebs which are followed by minute scabs maki ng

, ,
t h e skin sore a n d uncomfortable . U nless the ca se

to b e treated is a severe on e ,
it is n ot p ermissible to
pus h t h e treatme n t to this de g ree .
Caut e rizatio n . If a h ot spark is h eld steadily over

th e spot fo r f r om thi rty se co n ds ,
up to two or
th r e e minutes varyin g wit h t h e pati e n t it will

, ,
h ave
a caute r izing ce ct . The r eactio n is severe an d th e

destru ctio n of the tissue may b e carried to a
88 EBERHARr

s MAN U A L OF
mark ed de gree . S uc h applicatio n s h ave b ee n used

i n t h e tr eatment of warts moles etc , ,
.
I h ave treated epithelio m as in this man n e r a n d

h ave h ad them sep arate from the Surrou n din g tissue
and p eel ou t as smoothly as if cut out wit h a die .
I t is to o s evere a measure however , ,

f or t h e aver age
case . Ful g uration involves th e same principles ,
an d
is preferable . Th e sp ark is derived from a metal

p oi n t and anesthesia may b e employed if desired .
Th e tech n iqu e of this will b e considered in anot h er

sect ion .
Oricial Te c hniq u e . Th e tech n i que of th e ap p l i
cation to t h e o r ices of t h e body involves th e use of
tubes suited to the various areas and also i n volves ,
the questio n of sterilizatio n and lubricatio n . In

thes e cas e s the tub e is in contact with th e mucous
membrane a n d there is no sensation to th e treat
ment except usually that of warmth . There is in
th e se '
c ase s greater dan ger of producin g burns a n d ,
the tub e sh ould seldom b e left in co n tact f or a

lon ger p erio d tha n seve n minutes at any si n gle
treatme n t ( S e e th e section on vacuum tub e burns
.
i n Ch apter V ) Th e tech n ique is so p eculiarly that

.
of t h e S pecial or g a n involved t h at it will b e given

u n de r its app r opriate h eadi n g in Chapter V II . It
H IG H FREQUEN CY CURRENT S 89
is desirable to rememb er t h at tub es should always

b e inserted b efore th e cur r e n t is turned on and the ,
latter turned o ff a gai n b e fore the tub e is removed ,
t h us a v oidin g all pain and sho ck to the patient .
Cataph or e sis . F or cataphoresis a special electrode

is employed . S e e Fi g 2 9 . . The substance to b e car
ried into th e tissues is in solutio n and cotton gauze ,
or felt wet in the solutio n is placed i n t h e d e p r e s
F ig . 2 9 C a t aph or e s i s El e c t r o d e .
sio n o n t h e face of t h e tub e when the latter placed

'
in co n tact wit h t h e desired area and th e curre n t

passes f or from ve to ten minutes or more as re
quired . I cautio n a g ainst the use of s olutio n s c on
tainin g alcohol o r ot h e r i n ammable substa n c e b e

cause of th e da n ger of setti ng same ar e with t h e
cur r e n t .
In on e form a n insulati n g rin g preve n ts loss of
cur r e n t and is a g r eat impro v ement on t h e older

style of tub e .

S e e Ch apter X II for sp ecial ele ctro des use d by

dentists .
A lthou gh st r on g claims h ave b ee n made concern

in g th e value of hig h fre que n cy currents f or t h e
purpose of carryin g substances into t h e tissues I ,
b elieve they are so fa r inferio r to the galvanic

curre n t f or use f or these purp oses that they are
enti tled to comparatively little co n side r ation .
Th e principle upo n which cataphoresis depends

is th e s eparatin g of
th e p articles ( ions ) co mp osin g
the uid by reason o f t h e attraction possessed f or
them by the p oles of the b attery ; thus all p ositive
elements remain at or are drawn throug h the tissues
toward th e n e g ativ e p ole and vice versa ,
. Now in,
usin g hig h fre quency currents which are alternat ,
in g th e attraction would b e rst in

,
on e direction
and then i n th e other and as a result practically
,
n othin g would b e accomplished .
Th e claim is made that th e h i gh fre quen cy cur

r ent drives substa n ces into tissues by molecular

b omb a r dme n t . I maintain however that the c ata
, ,
p h or i c actio n of t h e h i gh fre quency curre n t is too
feeble to comme n d it f or g eneral use for w h ic h pur ,
pose n ot h in g takes th e place of th e galvani c curre n t .

H IGH FREQUEN CY CURRENT S 91
Th e use of dental ele ctro des f or cat a

p h o ri c pu r
poses h as g ive n g o o d r esults . S e e Chapter X . It
is really an electrical d iu sion ,
rat h er t h a n t rue
catap h o r esis .
Ri p o l ar Te sl a Te chni qu e
-
. Ordinarily t h e vacuum
tub e is attached to on e pole of th e Tesla outt . In
some coils the sharpness o f t h e spark is r e g u lated
by drawing o ff a certain amount of th e current from
th e a ctive p ole by brin gin g the S parkin g r od n ear
it t h us lessenin g t h e available current
,
.
I f it is desire d to intensify the action of the Tesla

coil th e i n di fferent p ole s h ould b e atta c h e d to the
,
patient o r grounded by conne cti ng to a g as or wate r

pipe .
S e l e ct i o n of Mos t S u i t ab l e Fo rm to Use . W h ere

a lo cal e ff e ct is more essential vacuum tub es metal , ,
electrodes etc ,
.
,
are employed but if a systemic
,
or
constitutional e ff ect is desired auto condensatio n is ,

-
to b e selected o r th e diat h ermic treatme n t may b e

,
used .
2 . FUL G U R A TI ON .
Ful gurati o n . A lon g sha r p sp ark fo r es c h a r otic

,
or destructive pu rp oses was employed f or a lo ng

time by h i gh frequency op erators but t h e use ,
of a
metal electrode devised by Keati ng H art fo r t h is -
H IGH FRE Q UEN CY CURRENT S 93
30 Ah O u t t C omb i n i ng H i g h F r e q u e ncy w i t h Nu me r o u s
O th e r M o d al i t i es Twe n ty on e in A ll
,
-
.
94 EBERHARr

s MANU A L OF
Fig . 31 A ppl i cat i on of Va cuu m El ect r od e t o Ch es t .
f r om t h e metal p oi n t ( Fig is teste d by bri ng i ng

.
t h e p o in t n ea r ly in co n tact wit h a piece of metal ,
suc h as a co in . Wit h out a n a n ae st h etic it is imp os

sible to employ on e mo r e t h a n o n e t h irty seco n d to
- -
on e -
ei gh t h or o ccasio n ally t hr e e sixte ent h s-
of an
i n c h in le n gt h . Th is sp ar k is hot a n d actually sears
,
HIGH F RE Q UEN CY CU RRENr s 95
or bur n s the tissue as n oted by th e eye and usually

,
by t h e o dor .
I t is n ot desirable to keep this sp ar k in steady

'
contact ,
as it is too pai n ful ,
but if the p oi n t is
Fig . 32 F u lgu ra t i o n El ec t r o d e
Fig 3 3 .
F u l gu ra t i on El ec tr o d e .
touc h e d to t h e surface an d qui c k ly broug h t away

b eyo n d sp arking distance th e p atie n t is b etter able ,
to sta n d it and by a s eries

, of r api d sp arks p r o duce d
by a tappi ng motio n o f t h e poi n t t h o r ou gh fulgura ,
tio n may b e achieved wit h out unb earable p ai n to th e

patient . Ordin arily I pass aroun d t h e ma r gi n of
th e growth rst and t h e n ful gurate th e ce n ter

, . It
96 EBERHART S M AN UAL OF

should b e done thoroughly and the growth will pre ,
sent brown burn ed app earance There is seldom

'
a , .
any h emo rrhage but usually some serous oozin g

, . A
crust or scab for m s which sep arates in a week or
te ndays ( average ei ght ) leaving no scar I t is , .
well to b e ar in mind that if you do n ot get it all

o ff the rst t i me you c an ful gurate a gain but if ,
you remove t oo much you cannot place it b ack

a gain .
For more extensive work lo cal ,

or general an ae s
th e sia is ne cessary .
I t is fair to state that very satisfactory causti c

( hot ) fulguration may b e accomplished with small
machin es .
I n p apillo ata m of the bladder ,

fulguration has
be en particularly valuable .
Ful gur at io n of Pap illom a t a of B l add e r . Th e

hot or Caustic fulguration m ay b e employed usin g ,
wire insulated with rubb er tubin g ,

or

the D A rsonval
meth od which is
,
bi -
p olar may b e used as follows
,
On e terminal of the apparatus is connected to th e

ful guration wire which is passed through the cysto
,
scop e and the other terminal is connected

,
to an
indifferent at metallic electrode placed on th e ab do
men . The fulguration wire or electrode consists of a
H IGH F RE Q UENCY CU RREN Ts 97
ste el wi r e in sulated wit h pu r e g utta p erc h a -

. A s t h is
wire is to b e p assed throug h th e c h annel of a n ordi
n a r y cat h eterizin g cystoscop e it should n ot b e lar g er
i n g au g e t h a n No . 6 Fre n c h .
Th e p atient is prepared wit h g ree n soap and wate r

and b i chl or id , and the bladde r distended wit h water .
A fter the cystoscop e is intro duced ,

th e tumor is
brou gh t i n view and th e ful g u r atio n wire p assed
throu gh t h e cat h eter cha nn el of th e cystoscop e un til
th e end of the wire is i n view . Th e wire is the n
plu n ged into th e tumor and t h e current tur n ed on .
( B efore intro ducin g th e wire into th e cystoscope ,
cut t h e wire so t h at th e insulatio n is us h wit h t h e

end of the wire ) Just as so on as th e h i gh frequency
.
curre n t is turned on bubbles ( presumably h ydro

,
ge n ) are see n emanatin g from th e tumo r . I f th e

tumor is small and th e electrode has b e e n placed near
th e top of t h e tumor a n immediate b lanc h in g
,
of the
tumo r is seen . This tre atme n t ca n r eadily b e car
r ied ou t under th e g uida n ce of t h e eye p r ovidin g
,
th e i n
su latio n of th e ful g uratio n wire is i n tact ; um
less t h e insulatio n is intact ,

a s h ort circuit i n th e
-
cystoscop e an d subse que n t burni n g out o f t h e cysto

sc0 p ic lamp may r esult .
A fter allowin g the curre n t to p ass into the tumor

for ab out twelve to ftee n s eco n ds th e current is ,
shut off , th e ful g uratio n wi r e withdraw n an d re
appl ied to anot h er p art of th e tumor . In large

tumors this procedure ca n b e rep eated until many
,
di ff ere n t areas o f the tumor have b een treated in

on e sittin g . A s lo n g as ve or six minutes may b e
co n sumed in one sittin g . Naturally ,
the duration
of eac h treat me n t will depend on th e size of the
tumor . F or ex ample i n on e cas e
, ,
on e sittin g con
sistin g of t h ree 12 -
second applications was enou gh
to completel y destroy a small p apilloma .
A s lon g as th e int r a vesical ele ctro de rema i n s I n -
co n tact wit h t h e tumor no p ain is expe r ie n ced b y

the p atie n t . W h e n workin g near th e b ase of t h e
tumo r ,
or .
if t h e electro de comes i n contact with th e
bladder wall -
,
th e patient fre que n tly complains of
pai n . S o that durin g t h e rst fulguratio n s there

is no p ai n wh ereas toward the e n d of t h e treat
, ,
me n t w h ile working near the bladde r i n treati n g

,
th e r emai n in g tags t h e patient at times complains

,
of p ai n . I t is also n ecessary to conside r th e p ai n

'
i n cident to cystoscopy . Th is is variable i n di ff erent

p e r sons ,
so t h at some of t h e patie n ts cannot tolerate
l on g s essions as well as others . The n umb e r of
H IGH FREQUEN CY CuRRENr s 99
treatme n ts or sittin g s as previously stated i s dete r

, ,
mi n ed by t h e size of the tumor som e cases requiring ,
as ma ny as six sitti ng s .
A tte n tio n is called to the bur n in g O R o f t h e i n su

latio n n ea r th e end of th e ful gu r ation wire . A fter
the curre n t h as b een turned o n an d t h e tre atment
carried on f or a little while sometimes only ten
'
s e c on d s, th e i n sulatio n b ecomes soft and falls ,

o ff
or burns O ff from the end of the wire ,

so that it
becomes n ecessary to withdraw th e wire and cut th e
end off squarely . U nless this is done there is dan

,
ger o f th e bare wire causin g a short c i rcu i t in the -
cy s tos cop e .
U sually wh en th e hig h fre quency current is ap
plied t h e tissues b ecome white and shrivel up S ome .
times the tumo r surfa ce appea rs dar k ,

as thou g h
it were baked . Not infre que n tly after a n applica
tion a lar g er or smaller piece of t h e tumor adheres
to t h e e n d of the fulguratio n wire . A t other times
these small pieces may b e passed at the n ext urina
tio n a n d often t h ey are obtained from the wash
wa te r . These a r e ca r efully saved a n d examined
microscopically .
I t is su gg ested t h at p apillomata should b e con

s id e r e d mali g nant i n all cases ; t h at i n all cases o f
H IGH F REQUEN CY CURREN TS 101
Ful g uratio n Treatmen t of B ladde r Tumo r s ,

by
H e r ma n L K r etschmer M .
,
. D .
,
of Chi ca g o . Illi n o i s
Medical Jou rn al A p r il , ,
1913 .
3 . CONS TI TU TI ONA L ( AU TO COND ENS A TI ON -
A ND A U TO COND U CTI ON) -

.
A ut o -
con ducti on . I n auto conductio n the patient
-
is placed within a large sole n oid o r coil co n stituti n g ,
a ca g e . Th e p atient is n ot i n co n ta ct wit h t h is cage

at a n y p oint and t h e high f r eque n cy currents i n the

patie n t s body are pro duced by co n ductio n .
The ca g es are of s everal typ es some i n ,

e
p pr e n
d ic ul ar form ,
a n d ot h ers i n a h orizo n tal positio n .
I n t h e latter t h e patient is eit h er placed o n a b oard

whic h slides into th e ca g e ,
or the top of the latter
is hin ged like t h e cove r o f a b asket . S ome o f the
p erp e n dicula r fo r ms are collapsible ot h e r s a r e tted ,
wit h a doo r t h e p atie n t sta n din g o r s i tt in g o n a

,
stool .
S mall ca ges a r e also made i n to w h ic h t h e a r m or
le g may b e i n tro duced ,

t h us p r o duci ng lo calized
auto co n ductio n e ff e cts
-
.
The dosa g e i s t h e same as wit h auto co n de n satio n -

.
Owin g to a n inh e r e n t obj ectio n o n t h e pa r t of t h e

h uma n r ac e to b e ing i n ca r ce r ated i n a ca g e e v e n ,
10
EBERHARr s M AN UA L OF
H IG H FREQUEN CY CU RREN r s
'
103
fo r a short time this metho d of treatment alt h oug h

, ,
ex c elle n t i n results is used comp aratively little at

,
th e prese n t time ; furt h ermore it has ,

no adva n ta g e
o ver auto co n densation
-
.
A uto cond e ns at io n
-
. In auto conde ns atio n one
-
,
of
th e termi n als of th e apparatus is atta c h ed to th e

metal formi n g on e plate of a conde n ser a n d th e
Fig . 36 . Fig . 37 .
other to t h e p atie n t w h o b ecomes i n this ma nn er

,
t h e ot h er co n de n se r plate .
Th e patient is in sulated from the metal plate by

silk oss rubb er mi ca g lass
, , , ,
or other form of di
electric .
In Fi g . 36 is s h ow n a cross sectio n of a plate

-
condenser . In Fi gure 3 7 the b ody of a woma n is

substituted f or t h e upp er plate t h us showin g the ,
principle involved i n auto condensation -

.
A uto conde n sation is admin istered by means

-
of
a couc h or pad designed f or th e pu rpose a n d may

H I G H FRE Q UEN CY CURRENT S 105
Fig . 37a P orta b l e H i gh Fr e que ne v Te lat he r m T yp e .
r eading to obtai n satisfactory r esults is 3 50 to 500 .
I t i s seldom n e cessa ry o r desi r a b le to secure a h i gh e r

r eadi ng . L owe r r eadi ng s ,
1 50 to 2 00 , would b e used
w h e r e it was desi r ed to i nue n ce n ut r itio n without
pa r ticula r ly lowe r i ng b lo od p r essure -
.
Th e ot h e r typ e mac h i n e h as compa r atively l ow

v olta g e b ut h i gh amp e r a g e I t may b e used w i t h a
, .
106 EBERHARr s

M AN UAL OF
thi n p ad if desired . Th e meter will r ead 7 50 to

on an avera g e and up to ,
or accordin g
to t h e p otential of th e apparatus A uto condensatio n .
-
is measured i n Eberharts as stated in a pre cedin g ,
sectio n in this c h apter .
38 A u to C on d en s a t i on C o uc h w i th
-
Ou din Res on a to r an d
In d uc t i o n Coi l . Or i g i nal T y p e . Now Ob s ol e t e .
A s lo ng as the p atient is in ele ctrical co n tact wit h

t h e handles that is p erfe ct conta ct n o sensation
, , ,
is felt ex cept o ccasio n ally a slig h t tinglin g o r se n

satio n of warmt h . S p arks may b e drawn from the
patie n t a n d these may b e quite p ai n ful
, . In t yp e
No 1 a va cuum tub e held i n op e r ato r s h a n d wil l
.

HIGH FREQUEN CY CURRENT S
.
Po ta b l e
Fig 3 8 a r Outfi t .
H IG H FREQUENCY CU RREN FS
'
109
greater t h e cor r espo n din g charge t h at may b e h eld

on eac h laye r of co n denser . This caused me to su b
stitu te exible m i ca f or th e material used i n the
ordinary p ad a n d t h us p r o duce a p ortable auto -
c on
densatio n p ad o n ly h alf a n I nc h thick and cap able ,
of b ein g S lipp ed under the leathe r cus h io n of th e

ordinary o fc e treatme n t table conve r ti ng t h e latte r
,
into an auto condensatio n table

-
. A t t h e same time
a much g reater charge of electricity may b e con
d e nse d in
'
th e pati e n t than wit h t h e thicke r pads .
Pads less than three i n c h es th ick h ave b ee n con

d e mn e d by the standardizatio n committe e of th e
A merican Electro t h erap euti c A sso ciation therefo r e
-
, ,
at t h e p r esent time I employ o n ly t h e t h ick cushio n .
Many in g enious op erators construct their ow n
chai r or couch an d from a n article

,
of mi n e on this
s ubj ect i n Popular Electricity Novem b er , ,
1 9 09 , I
make a few ex cerpts :

A glass slab four ,
or v e feet i n le ng t h twe n t y ,
inc h es wide a n d about on e inch t h ick , such as is

use d in a glass topp ed op eratin g table is tted in a
-
,
woode n frame a n d to th e u n der surface is attached

a strip of zinc or o f sh eet lead of a n i n c h thick .
This strip s h ould b e ab out te n o r twelve i n c h es wide ,
so th at whe n placed on t h e lower surfa ce of th e

1 10 EBERHARr s
'

MAN UAL OF
Fig . 39 P abl e
or t Co i l .
H I G H FREQUENCY CU RREN r s
'
111
Fig ,
P
40 or t ab le Coi l .
HIGH FREQUEN CY Cu RREN Ts 113
always b earin g i n mind that th e

e ss e n ti al s o f an
auto co n de n sation p ad are to h ave a di electric with
- -
a layer of co n de n s er b elow it and the p atient

,
at
t e ched to the apparatus t o form the upp er layer .
Thus , an ordinary Morris chair or steamer c h air

-
may b e used and a layer of lead or zinc fastened

underneath th e b ack and s eat of the chair t h e two ,
strips b eing fastened to gethe r with metallic con n ec

tio n s ( chai n o r wire ) and underneat h the ordinar y
cushio n of the chair four or ve layers o f rubb er
,
are placed to s erve as the di electri c although the

-
,
cushions themselves if th ey remove th e b ody

,
be
yond the sparkin g distance of the charge o n the zinc
plate would really make the air sp ac e intervening
,
serve as a di e le ctr ic . This is n ot as satisfactory as

when the layers of rubb er are placed b etween . Th e
p atient then is conn ected by t h e ordinary metallic
h and electro de and conducti n g cord o r metalli c
ha n dles may b e fastened o n the arms of t h e chai r ,
the two connected by a b ifurcated co n ductin g cord

to the o n e p ole t h e zinc plates to the ot h er
,
.
L astly a pa d may b e const ru cte d on th e same

,
pla n as the on e w h ich I h ave desi gn ed usin g one ,

or
more layers o f s h eet mica lar g e e n ou gh to p ermit

t h e b ody of t h e p atient to rest on a n d makin g us e
EBERHART S MAN UAL
or
of a laye r of co n dens e r ( eit h er lead o r zi n c ) un de r

neath the mi ca takin g care t h at i t do es n ot exte n d
,
n ea r e n ou gh to th e ed g e o f t h e mica to allow t h e
char g e to leak over . On t op of th e mica plac e t h ree
or four layers of felt or cover wi t h leat h e r as de
sired . S hould th e mica b e i n suffi cie n t to preve n t
some sp arkin g t h rou gh it may b e ob viated by plac,
in g another thin cushion on t op of this pad .
Th e p atient is placed on t h e couch or p ad and con

n e cte d to th e apparatus b efore the curre n t is turned
on , and then t h e current turned Off b efore the pa
tient lets go of the handles thus avoidi ng all s h ock ,
.
I f th e p atie n t questions w h ether h e is getti ng a n y

current or n ot a few S p a r ks draw n from h is b ody
r ead ily co n vi n ces h im .
An other form of treatment which the patie n t fe els

to the extent of stron g muscula r contractio n s may
b e made b y intro ducin g a sp ark gap into t h e -
pa
This

t ie n t s circuit . I describe in anot h e r sectio n
D Ar s on v al

as surg in gs .
Th e value of auto co n densatio n dep e n ds up o n i ts

-
remarka b le e ff ect up on g ene r al metab olism ( see

Chapter V ) . In n early all cases of h yp erte n sio n t h e
blood pressure i s lowe r ed
-
.
HIGH FREQUEN CY CURRENT S 115
A uto co n de ns atio n
-
t r eatme n ts avera g e te n to
t h i r ty mi n utes in du r atio n to Ebe r

h a r ts ) , a n d s h ould b e g ive n daily o r six times a ,
wee k at rst in n early all cases g radually d e cr e as

, ,
i ng as improvement ta k es place . L ess t h a n t hr e e

treatme n ts p er we ek at t h e sta r t are i n my op in ion , ,
practically useless L onge r t r eatme n t may b e g ive n

.
if t h e physicia n desires .
Cauti ons There

is practically n o da n ger of an
.
o ver dos e of auto co n de n satio n t h e o n ly dan ge r b e

- -
,
i n g i n cases w h ere th e p atie n t has a h i gh temp era

ture t h at will b e raise d still h i g her w h ere a small ,
dose if any is give n an d in case of a pulse pressure

, , ,
below 2 0 S e e sectio n Taki ng th e B lo o d P r essure

.
,
a n d unde r A rterio scle r osis Chapte r VI II I n l ow -

,
.
pulse p ressure t h e r e is da n ger of obliteratin g the

pulse by auto co n densatio n -
.
Auth or s D Arsonval S ur g ing s I h ave alluded to

.

t h e fact that placin g a spark g ap i n t h e patient s -
c ircuit causes stro n g mus cular co n tractio n s Th e .

similarity b etwee n t h is a n d static sur g i ng caused

me to apply t h e te r m of D Ar s on v al su rg i ng to
this fo r m o f t r eatme n t .
I rst notice d it w h e n adustin g t h e slidi ng r od

o n a D Ar son v al On di n r eso n ato r This r od e n ables

-
.
t h e operator to b alance the cu rr e n t b etwee n t h e

co a r se sole n oid and t h e reso n ator ,
or tune th e
coil . Doin g t h is wit h th e p atie n t o n t h e auto -
c on
densatio n couc h caused th e latter to ex claim at t h e

r esulti ng muscular j erks .
Th e e ff ect of separatin g th e poi n t of this r o d from

t h e sole n oid is to introdu ce a S p ark -
g ap i n the pa
tie n t

s circuit and to lowe r t h e freque n c y to t h e
p oi n t of causin g g ross muscula r co n t r actio n s . An
outli n e of th e met h od is s h own i n Fi g . 42 .
I t r eally is in line wit h t h e ori g inal experime n ts

of D Ar s on v al , w h o

rst doubled t h e n umb e r o f
solenoids ,
thus p ro duci n g auto co n ductio n ;
-
th en
doubled the co n dens e r s ,
as i n auto co n de n satio n ; -
an d n ow this form doubles t h e sp a r k gap t h e o n ly -

,
D Ar son v al

r emai n i ng element employe d i n t h e
circuit .
High Fr e q u e n cy W ate r S p r ay . V L au gh ter h as

.
devise d an inge n ious met h o d o f co nn ecti ng t h e h igh

fre quen cy curre n t to h ydro t h e r apeutic app aratus
i n suc h a m an n er t h at t h e st r eam o r spray o f wate r
emergi ng f r om t h e latte r is c h ar g ed wit h t h e cu r
rent a n d w h e n t h is strikes t h e b ody of t h e p atie n t
h e recei v es the e ff e ct of t h e h i g h f r eque n cy cu rr e n t
as well as t h at of th e wate r .
1 18 EBERHARr s

MAN UAL OF
L ocal A uto Co n d e nsat ion

-
. The P l ate Gl ass
Me th od . Various metho ds h ave b ee n devised fo r
applyin g auto co n de n satio n lo c ally ove r small a r eas
-
.
S heets of rubber wit h a po cket i n w h ic h to slip a

at lead or zinc plate are on e fo r m A v ery p opular
.

way know n as the
,
plate g lass -
metho d co n sists
,
in usin g as an ele ctro de a metal poi n t or ball a n d

applyin g the sp arks throu gh thick plate g lass held

in contact with the p atie n t S bo dy . Th e g lass is th e
di e lectric the electrode corresp o n ds to o n e plate
,
of
a co n de n ser and th e surfac e

,
of the b ody n ext to t h e
glass the other .
In d ir e c t S par ks . I f a resonato r is con n ected di

r e c tl y to a p atient with a metallic electrode a n d a

vacuum tub e is then brought n ea r the patie n t s b ody
s p arks wi ll y from th e latter to the tub e . Th ese
are called indirect sp arks . S e e Figure 43 .
A ttachin g the p atient i n a similar manner to o n e

p ol e of the Tesla coil while t h e tube held by t h e
'
op erator is grounded by connecti ng to water pip e

or gas j et accomplish es the same r esult
,
.
A n ot h e r metho d of derivin g an i n dire ct S park a n d

on e wit h w h ic h I have b ee n expe r ime n ti ng co n sider
ably du r i n g t h e past few years is obtai n ed from t h e
patie n t wh e n lyi n g on t h e auto co n de n satio n pad
-
.
HI G H FRE Q UEN CY CuRRENr s
Fig 42 a Lo
. c al A u to -
C o n d e n s a t i on .
I use a h ig h volta g e low amp era g e typ e of ma

-
,
-
c h i n e wit h a t h ick p ad . Enou gh cu r re n t is tu rn ed

on to g ive a meter r eadin g (1 25
of ab out 2 50

A va cuum electrode is h eld in t h e op erato r s h and
a n d t h e le ng th a n d st r e n gt h of sp ark tested by
touc h i ng th e metal h a n dle which the p atie n t is

h oldi ng b efo r e t h e tu b e is applied to t h e patie n t s
,
H IGH FRE Q UEN CY CU RRENT S 12 1
A cu ff o r band contai n ing a ru bb e r s ac k is f as

tene d arou n d t h e arm ab ove t h e elbo w wit h t h at ,
pa r t from w h ic h th e rubb e r tu b e eme rg es lyin g i n

f r o n t o v e r t h e artery Or din a r ily th e slee v e i s r olled
.
up b efore t h e ba n d is applied b ut if t h e clot h i ng

,
is t h i n t h is is un n ecessa r y . A small r ub b e r h ose

r u n s from th e cuff to the mac h i n e wh ic h h as a ,
U -
shap ed tub e contai n in g mu r cu r y ,
wit h a g au g e
b etwee n Th e zero ma r k o n t h e scale is place d o n a
level w it h t h e top of t h e mercu r y .
A r u bb e r bulb is attac h e d by a small tub e to t h e

mac h i n e a n d t h e p hy sicia n h olds t h is b ul b in o n e
,
h a n d while wit h t h e ot h e r h e k e eps a ng e r

,
on th e
The

pulse in t h e p atient s wr ist . b ulb is n ow com
p r ess ed and immediately ai r lls t h e cu ff a n d t h e
colum n of mercury b e g ins to r ise . The op erato r co n
tinu e s to slowly inate t h e cuff u n til th e p r essu r e
of t h e latter shuts O R th e bloo d in t h e brac h ial
a r tery a n d t h e pulse ca n n o lon g e r b e felt at t h e
wrist . W h e n this o ccurs t h e p r essu r e of t h e column
of me r cury h as b ala n ced t h e pressure of t h e bloo d
i n t h e artery and t h e r eadin g on t h e s cale O pposite
t h e top of th e column is t h e p atie n t
S b loo d p r essu r e .
In usin g t h e i n st r ument i t is customa ry to fo r ce

t h e me r cur y a little above t h e point w h e r e t h e pu l se

ceases to b e felt and then wait tw o or three seconds

until t h e column settles to the p oint of the r e ap
p e ar an c e of t h e pulse . B y doi n g this one two , ,
or
three times a n absolutely accurate readin g may b e

depended on .
RGI OM)
Fig . 4 3.In d i r ec t S pa rk s .
The scale reads from O t o 300 . Th e normal is 1 20 .
Th e n umbe rs r efer to millimeters of mercury . A

v a r iatio n of 10 millimeters up or down would n ot
n ecessarily imply a b normal pressure, but 1 40 or
more would b e presumptive o f th e presence of or
te n den cy to a r teriosclerosis .
HIG H FRE Q UEN CY CURR ENT S
4 4 T ak i ng Bl o o d Pr essu r e w i t h D i aph r a gm T y p e of
S p h y gmoma n om e t e r.
A n other instrume n t for accurately determini ng

blo o d pressure is the ty cos diaphra g m typ e of in
tr u me n t s h own in Fi g 44
,
.
This is n ot a mercury instrument but the read ,
ings are obtained by indirect i n ternal pressure on

,
sensitive diaphra g m chamb ers so s ensitive indeed

,
that every a ctio n of th e h eart is shown plainly by

the hand on the dial as t h e han d works c o inci
,
-
d e n tly wit h the h eart
Wit h t h is inst r ument t h e observer can accurately

determine complet e blo o d pressure by that we mean
,
maximal or systolic ; minimal or diastolic and p uls e ,
pr e ssur e ( t h e di ff erence b etwe en the two ) Th e .
corre ct metho d of takin g bloo d pressure readings

wit h this instrume n t is explaine d later on and is ,
accomplis h ed with either th e dial or mercury typ e

o f sphy g momanometer . I t is prob ably well t o ver
ify or compare t h e diaphragm typ e o ccasionally wit h

another S phygmomanometer b ecause of the p ossib il
ity of its getti ng out of order without showin g t h e
er r o r on th e dial itself A n error is quickly ap
.
p are n t in th e mercury typ e of i n strument b e cause

the mercury must b alanc e at zero wh e n n ot un der
pressure .
Th e minimal or diastolic pressure is fully as e s

se n tial as th e maximal or systolic for wit h out an
,
ex act diastolic to subtract from the systolic we can

n ot get the most important thin g i n blo od pressure ,

Fig . 4 4bP or ta b l e O u t t w i t h No v e l X Ray

-
Tu b e fo r
S u r fa ce T r e a t me n t
.
that is the pulse pressur e f or by pulse pressure ,
alo n e ca n it b e determined whether a p atholo g ical

co n ditio n is comp e n sated fo r o r n ot .
Th e n ormal pulse pressure ( di ff ere n ce b etween

diastolic a n d systolic ) s h ould b e fr om 2 0 to 5 5 milli
meters .
The dete r mi n i ng of pulse pressure b y those using

H IGH FREQUEN CY CU RRENTs 127
t h e h i gh f r e quency cu r re n t is absolutely esse n tial ,
for as said b efore by this we ca n tell whet h er a

, ,
co n ditio n is comp e n sated fo r a n d w h et h e r t h e us e ,
of t h e hi gh fre que n cy cu rr ent is indicated or co n

tr ain d ic ate d .
A s a n illustratio n we will say t h at we h a v e a case

,
wit h a systolic pressure o f 1 7 0, a n d a diastolic pres

su r e of 1 40 . This s h ows by su b tracti ng one f r om
,
t h e othe r that t h e puls e p r essure is

,
3 0, t h e r efo r e ,
n ormal . No matter t h en if t h e systolic b e 1 70 fo r ,
t h e pulse pressu r e b eing n o r mal s h ows t h at the

conditio n is comp e n s ate d ( o r t h e p ul s e p r essu r e
could n ot b e n ormal ) and t h erefo r e a ci r cul ato ry
, , ,
e quilibrium is established and in thes e cases a ny ,
further reduction of systolic bloo d p r essure must b e

accomp anied by a co r respo n din g decrease i n dias
tolic pressure or comp e n satio n will b e in te r fe r ed
wit h .
Of course i f t h e systo l ic was r educed

,
to 1 60 an d
t h e diastolic r emain e d 1 40 , comp e n satio n would still
exist b u t would b e at its low limit a n d the p atient
, ,
would p r ob ably n ot b e as comfortable as with 165

or 1 70, wit h 1 40 as th e diastolic . I f h oweve r un der
, ,
auto co n densatio n b ot h systolic a n d diastolic pres

-
sures decreased ,
if n ot always th e same r eductio n ,
H IG H FREQUENCY CU RRENT S 12 9
Plac e t h e b a g over the arm with t h e two tub es

well under the arm and o ve r the brachial a rt ery .
Wrap the remainder o f the sleeve around the arm

muc h th e same as y ou would apply a b anda g e tuck ,
i ng at least six inches of the sleeve under the last

fold . Th e n plac e the sphy g moma n ometer in on e
tube a n d th e bulb i n another a n d you are r eady for
r eadin g . Care should b e take n n ot t o put the sleeve
on tig h t enough to cause any appreh e n sive feelin g
in the patient . Plac e the ngers lightly over t h e
radial artery a n d send the pressure i n the cuff up
,
to the point wh ere the pulse disappears or is ob l it
c r ated . This is the systolic or maximal readi ng .
I t is desirable th at th e patient s wrist b e

su p
ported from b elow by th e p alm of th e do ctor s hand

.
while th e rst and second n gers lie with their tip s

over t h e artery . Thus th e weight of the ha n d is
prevented from s h utting o ff the pulse t oo soo n .
S econd , t h e me th od of auscultatio n . This is b y

,
fa r th e most practical method

,
of accurately deter
minin g bloo d pressure as t h e dan gers of p e rs o n al
equation are greatly lesse n ed . S e e Fi g . 44c .
B are t h e arm adjust th e sleeve well up ( as above

,
described ) place t h e stet h oscop e over the br ac h ial

,
artery . Now gradually i n ate th e ba g a n d the rst ,

1 30 EBERHART S MAN UAL
or
and seco n d sounds of the heart will b ecome audible .
In c r ease t h e pressure i n t h e b ag to the point whe r e

all soun ds cease A t this p oint will b e th e exact
.
systolic or maximal pressure .
H aving obtained this gradually release th e ai r by

,
Fig . 4t e A uscu l t a t i o n
-
Me t h od .
means of t h e v alve a n d t h e rst and seco n d sou n ds

,
o f t h e h ea r t will b ecome app are n t increasin g in ,
volume as they appro ac h the diastolic p oi n t at ,
whic h p oi n t t h e second soun d will e n tirely disapp ear .
Th e ab ove met h o d cannot b e employed whe r e

aortic insufciency exists o r wh ere there is a dila
t ation of th e vess els These co n ditio ns b ein g ob
.
served w h en t h e pressure is rst i n creased on the

,
brac h ial as soo n as a slig h t pressure is placed o n

,
th e artery a pistol s h ot tone is h eard and will con

,
-
,
H IGH FREQ U EN CY CURREN TS 131
tin u e with but little va r iatio n t h roughout t h e ob

servation W h e n this condition exists it is ab s o
.
lu te ly n ecessary to r eso r t to t h e oscillatory met h o d .
I t is also n ecessary to us e th e met h o d by os cillatio n

wh e n the pulse is feeble .
H avin g n ow a ccurately determined b ot h systolic

and diastolic pressure we compute t h e pulse p r es
,
sure .
Pulse pressure i s ob tained by subtractin g t h e dias

tolic from t h e systolic for example ,
S ystolic p ressure 1 2 0 ; diastolic pressure 9 0 ; the

, ,
di ff erence pulse pressure 3 0 and as p r eviously

, , , ,
stated it should n ot b e less than 2 0 an d would also

, ,
i n dicate a p at h olo gical co n ditio n as prob able if

over 5 5
Th ediastolic blo o d pressure should b e ap p r ox i
mately tw o thi r ds o f the systolic and the pulse pres
-
sure should b e app roximately on e third of t h e syst -
olic .
In cases t h e avera g e systolic p r essu r e was

found t o be

Childre n s pressures 2

-
5 , 8 0 ; 5 1 0 , 9 0 ; 1 0 1 5 , 1 00
- -
1 10 .
H IGH CURREN T S 13 3
'
FREQU EN CY
precip i ce has bee n reac h e d a n d a p at h olo g ical c on
dition a n d probably a dan g erous

,
on e , exists .
Normal
I t has b ee n noted that enlargement of the heart

or de generatio n of t h e kidneys cause a comparative
ly hi gh bloo d pressure and when b oth are present
the pressure may b e extraordinarily h igh o ften ( 280 ,
or hi gher than is provided fo r on ma n y o f the

instrument scales .
An increased dete r mi n atio n of bloo d to t h e sur

face of the bo dy lowe r s the p r essure an d ,
co n
ve r se ly , drivin g the blo od from t h e su r face raises
t h e blo o d pressure .
I t is imp ortant that t h e sp hy g o moman ome te r b e

used as in one series
, of tests it was observed
t hat abnormal pressure existed i n many cases that
a comp etent a n d experie n ce d observer failed to de
te et without .
I n taking t h e systolic pressure I have o ccasio n ally

found t h at just as I had determined the pressure
t h ere would b e a sudde n increase r un n in g up ,
5 to
134 EBERHARr

s MAN UAL or
20 millimete r s . Th is I h ave concluded is due to a

spasm of t h e artery causi ng sudde n co n tract i on ,
.
B l ood P r e ssur e in Vari ous D ise as e s . S ome c on

'
d iti on s i n w h ic h hi gh b loo d p r essu r e i s fou n d a r e

arterio s clerosis ; an g ina p ectoris ; aneurysm of aorta
-
,
c h ro n i c b r o n chit i s ,
c i rr h osis of liver ,
co n stipatio n ,
brai n tumo r s ,
dilatatio n of aorta ,
emphysema ,
g lycosu r ia g out hyp e r trophy

, ,
of h eart lead p oiso n
,
ing c h ills me n i ng itis u r emi a a n d all kidn ey

, , ,
aff e c
tions ex cept amyloid suppurative or tub erculous ,

.
L ow bloo d pressure is found in weak h eart wit h

d i lated a r te ri oles A ddiso n s diseas e aorti c ste n os is
,

, ,
ast h ma chlo r osis dilatatio n

, ,
of h eart h emorrha g e
, ,
j aundice mitral r e g ur g itation mitral ste n osis ob es

, , ,
ity py r exia tryp a n osomiasis tub erculosis etc

, , , ,
.
Misce ll ane ous sugg e st ons . i Whe n a r eso n ato r is

employed i n co n n ectio n with an induction coil on
t h e dire ct current a n d a mercury i n ter r upter is

u se d , if ,
it is difcult or imp ossible to se cure a steady
sp a rk in t h e S p ar k gap of the reso n ator it is a si gn
-
,
that t h e mercury in th e interrupte r is di rty a n d

n eeds clea n i ng .
Wit h t h is same app a r atus the S pa r k ,

may b e made
sha rp er by i n c r easin g th e n u mb e r o f turns of wire
~
in use in t h e co ars e o r p r imary coil of a r eso n ato r .

H IGH FRE Q UEN CY CURRENT S 1 35
This in c r eases th e size of t h e sole n oid an d co u se

que n tly i ts in duction . This i s t ru e of a n y Ou d in
reso n ator h avi ng t h e slidin g r o d to r egulate t h e size
o f t h e coa rs e coil .
'
Whe n usin g vacuum tu b e s c ar e s h ould b e e xe r
c ise d to pre v ent th e connectin g cord f r om touch

ing t h e p atie n t as an n oyin g sparks will result
, . It
is almost imp ossible to n d a cord so well i n sulated
that th e h ig h freque n cy curre n t will n ot soo n n d
its wa y t h rou gh .
D iathe rmy . Th e fourth divisio n of my cl assi
catio n of tec hn ique involves t h e met h ods know n um
de r t h e several terms ,
ele ctro coa gulation the r mo
-
,
p enet r ation direct D A r son v al current and dia

,
th e r my . Th e metho d of employment is give n in

Ch apte r X I .
HIGH FREQUE N CY CURRENT S 137
it is easily i n se rted into t h e ea r a n d the cord c on
n e ctin g to the appa r atus h an g s clea r of t h e patient .
S e e Fi g 45. .
Fig . 45 T r e a t i ng th e Ear .
I t is certai n ly a g reat imp r oveme n t over t h e ol d
metho d which r equired the patie n t to h old the

,

h a n dle almost at a r m s le ng t h .
138 EBERHART S M AN UAL

or
Th e ele ct r ode is place d i n t h e ear and t h e mac h i n e

sta r ted wit h a minimum of curre n t . Th e st r e ng t h
is th e n increased in accorda n ce wit h th e tole r a n ce
of the patie n t to the po i n t w h e r e t h e buzzi ng sound
b ecomes an n oyi n g o r the n e sp arks b ecome to o
,
sharp . Wit h th e insulated tub e th e sp arks comin g

,
from loos e contact with th e external op enin g are

avoided . A mar k ed sensatio n of heat is n oticed i n
th e ear ,
and the b est method of regulatin g th e
le n gth of treatment is to allow the tub e to remain
u n til t h is heat e ff ect b ecomes a little uncomfortable ,
although I would n e ve r unde r a n y ordin ary circum

stances co n ti n ue t h e treatme n t lo ng e r tha n seve n

mi n utes .
I desig n ed a h older a few years a g o w hi c h p e r

mitt e d treati ng b ot h ears at the same time but f or ,
all ordi nary conditio n s this is scarcely n ecessary as ,
the additional time requi r ed i n treatin g the other

ear where both require treatment is not sufcient
to interfere s e riously . Th e conditions of the ear in
wh ic h hig h fre quency currents give th e b est r esults
are catarrhal deafness ; earach e ; t i nnitus au r ium ,
and chronic suppurative diseases ( middle ear dis

eases ) .
H IGH FREQU EN CY CURRENT S 1 39
S p e cial Te chni qu e in Tr e ating the Ey e s . For ap
plyin g hi gh fre quency curre n ts to t h e eye a double ,
electro de is used as show n i n ,

Fi g . 46 , w h ic h is in
se r te d i n t h e h andle and the so cket b e n t so t h at th e
p atient may hold th e h a n dle a g ai n st th e b od y and
Fig 4 6 .
D ou b l e Ey e El ec tr o d e .
thus steady it and at t h e same time keep t h e ele c

,
tro de in conta ct wit h t h e eyes without tak i n g a n y ,
chan ces of touchin g th e c o r d co n necti ng t h e elec

tro de to the h ig h fre quency apparatus . This is
shown i n Fi g 4 7
. . Th e eyes are closed a n d th e tub e
kep t i n lig h t but rm co n tact with t h e lids . The
curre n t is turn ed o n afte r t h e tub e is adjusted an d
is tur n ed o b efore t h e ele ct r ode is r emo v ed thus ,
savin g th e p ati e n t from a n y sp a r k . The dura

F g
z . 47a An O u t t S p ec i all y f or Ey e , No se an d Th roa t
T r e a tme nt .
EBERHART MAN UAL

1 42 S or
and fort h over the clos ed lid o r held i n contact wit h ,
it as p r eferr ed . This met h o d with a ne sp a rk h as

prove d v ery e e ctiv e i n blepha r itis .
These cu r rents are us eful i n a trop h y of t h e optic

n erve ; catarrhal conditio n s of the eye ; a b sorptio n
of hemorr h a g es ; inammatio n of the retin a, a n d i n
connectio n with auto conde n s atio n f or t h e r e ductio n
-
of th e blo od pressure they h ave given r ema r kable

,
Fig 4 8
.
On e F or m of Na sal Tu b e .
results in g laucoma . B leph aritis t r ac h oma i ritis

, , ,
paralysis o f the o cular muscles and cat ar act , ,

are
othe r co n ditio ns i n Whic h t h ey h ave b e e n e mp l oy e d

Nasal Te chni qu e . Th e diseases of the :nos e that

are sp ecially suitable for treatment are all Catarr h al
conditio n s includin g ozena ( atr Op h ic r h i n itis ) c o
, ,
r y z a etc
,
Eve n in h ay fe ve r it h as proved useful
.
-
.
Th e small n asa l tub e ( Fi g 4 8 or Fig 2 1 No 1 3 ) is

. .
,
.
i n tro duced a n d t h e current tu r n e d o n v ery slowly

.
A mild cu rr ent is all that is r e quired an d t h e len g th

of treatme n t v aries from two or t h ree to se v e n mi n
utes . I t makes v ery little di ff ere n c e wh et h er t h e
HIG H FREQUEN CY CU RRENr s
'
1 43
tub e i s i nserted in the strai g ht o r th e movable

so cket h a n dle . I f the upper or b ack p a r t of th e
n asal cavity is to b e treated a tub e h avin g an in su
lated chamb er to within p ossibly three qua r ters of -
an inc h or an inc h o f th e end is p referable to t h e

non i n sulated tub e
-
. I n acute inammatory condi
tio n s t h e application of a va cuum electrode to th e
sides of t h e nose externally is advised
,
.
Te c hni qu e in Tr e atm e n t of R e c t um and P r ost at e .
I n treatin g th e rectum for ssur e h emorrho ids , ,

ca
t ar r h al conditions e tc .
,
the i n sulated tub e show n in
Fi g . 21, No 8 should b e used
. ,
.. Th e n o n in sulated
-
tub e is of much less value for dise ases ab ove the

S phincter . Th e re ctal tub e may b e employed in
treati n g th e prostate ,
althou gh the tub e S p ecially
desi gn ed for t h e latter purpose is th e on e S h o wn i n
Fi g . 2 1 , No . 1, w h ere the depression i n t h e tub e
is supposed to b e turned toward the anterior wall
of t h e r e ctum and receive into it a portio n
,
of the
gland . My n ew S p atulate tub e used with on e of th e
at s ur faces toward th e prostate g i ves a lar g er
conta ct surface it b ein g doubtful wheth er with th e
,
ot h er tub e t h e gland really ever ts into the d e p r e s

sio n . I n prostati c diseases o f all ki n ds th e h igh ,
frequency curre n t h as p r oved most e i c ac i ou s ,

H IG H FREQUEN CY CURRENT S 1 45
w h et h e r used alone o r i n co nn ectio n wit h some othe r

modality .
I n treatin g both the r e ctum and th e prostate ,
my sp ecial tech n ique consists in placi n g th e p atient

o n o n e side in t h e S im s positio n with th e knees
well draw n up . Th e electrode is lubricated i n serted ,
in t he movable so cket ha n dle a n d int r oduced into

the rectu m . Th e handle is the n b ent upwards in
contact w ith the body a n d the p atient takes hold
o f the handle thus keepin g the tub e in place dur
,
in g the tre atment . The duration of each treatment

is seve n mi n utes and the tub e is inserted always
,
before tur n in g on the curre n t and th e latter turned

o ff b efo r e the tub e i s removed . Treatment throu gh
the rectum is very e ffe ctive in posterior urethrit is ,
also in diseases of the bladder . Oc casionally in vir

gins it will b e fou n d desirable to treat uterine or
vaginal conditions with th e h igh fre quency electrode

in the rectum . Th e curre n t penetrates surrou n din g
structures to a much greate r extent tha n one would
suppose .
The spe cial tec hn ique f or itchi ng is g ive n i n Chap .
ter V III unde r Pru r itus .
S cal p Tr e atme nt . I n treati ng the scalp th e b ody,
elect r ode ,
Fi g 4 9 ,
. is used . Th e electrode is moved
1 46 EB ERHART S MAN UAL

or
rapidly b ack an d forth over th e scalp usin g a spark ,
of from one qua r ter to thre e quarter s

- -
of a n inch or
keepin g th e tub e in li gh t contact with the s calp . If
too S harp a S park is used th e scalp will b e sore after
,
th e treatment an d tiny sores will b e found . Hi gh

fre quency cu r rents are indicated in all diseases of
Fig 4 9 a
.
-
S c alp El ec tro d e .
th e s calp ,
i n fallin g h air ,
a n d some years ago I
made the discovery that if employed f or a su fcie n t
length of time they are cap able of restoring th e color
to gray hair . This will b e S p ecially c onsidered in
Chapter V III . Th e tub e shown in Fi g . 21, No 1 1
.
,
is used convenie n tly i n treatin g the s calp b ein g

e qually as g oo d as th e b ody tub e and a n ew tub e ,
resembli n g a glass rake is n ow i n g e n e r al use .
Fi g 49 a
. .
HIGH FREQUEN CY CURRENT S 1 47
Th r oat Te chni que . Th e th r o at elect r ode is S hown

in Fi g . 50 . An y of th e oth e r ele ct r o des may b e
used externally . I n acute inammatory co n ditions
of t h e t h roat t h e low v a cuum tub e is p r eferable .
Th e tub e may b e placed dire ctly in co n tact wit h th e

mucous membra n e o f t h e t hr o at or a sp ar k allowed
Fig . 50 T h roa t El ec tr o d e .
to p ass a ccordi n g
,
to the n ature of
t h e case S parks .
from t h e r e g ular tub e or from the ful g uratio n p oi n t

have b ee n employed to destroy follicles i n p h ar y n
gitis or i n place of n itrate of sil ve r caute r izatio n ,
a n d th e ful g u r atio n p oi n t h as even b e en used in th e

removal of th e to n sils .
U r e t hral Te chn i qu e . Wh en employi ng g lass

sou n ds ( Fi g 2 0 No 5 or Fi g 2 1 No 1 2 ) with in
.
,
.
,
.
,
.
the male u r ethra t h e p atient is placed up o n his b ack

,
on t h e op eratin g table . Whethe r th e knees a r e

ex ed and t h e le gs drawn up dep e n ds somewhat
upo n the i n dividual case ; ordin arily th e le gs are
strai ght but sli gh tl y s ep arated
,
.
H IGH FREQUEN CY CURRENT S 1 49
The current is turned 0 6 b efore t h e sou n d is re
moved . Duration of treatment seve n minutes

,
.
Do n ot forget that the p osterior uret h ra may b e

treated almost as thorou g hly an d wit h much less
pain by i n troduci n g a tub e i n to t h e rectum
, .
U t e rin e and Vagin al Te c hni qu e . H igh fre quency

currents are suitable in all catarr h al conditio n s of
ute r us a n d va g ina includin g leuco rrh ea ce r vicitis

, ,
e n dometritis etc , . They are extremely valuable I n

S pecic va gi n al diseases i n conj u n ctio n with t h e
usual metho d . Treatment throu gh t h e va gina is
also indicated i n diseases o f the fallopia n tub es an d
'
of the ovaries and in p elvic abscess and in adhe

sions . Low o r medium vacuum tub es should b e use d
in the latter diseases .
The t echnique w h ich I us e i n applyin g the cur

re n t in the va gina is as follo ws:
,
Th e p atient is
placed on h er back with h er fe et in the stirrups
an d the lubricated tub e in the author s movable
so cket holder is inserte d and th e n th e handle is ,

bent down to touc h t h e table a n d t h e patient s skirts
folded over it thus anc h orin g th e tub e and pre
,
ventin g it from slippin g ou t . A towel is then wrap

p ed a r ound the metal connectio n b etween the tub e
a n d ha n dle to preve n t th e latter from tippi n g side
150 EBERHART S MA N UAL

or
ways and thus g ivin g t h e p atie n t a n u n comforta b le

S p ark . Th e cord co nn ecti n g wit h the g e n e r ati ng
apparatus passes out under on e le g of the p atie n t
and care S hould b e ex e r cised to s ee th at it do es n ot
come i n co n tact wit h it n o r ,
S h ould it r est upo n
any metal w h ic h touches t h e p atie n t fo r i f t h ere ,
b e a defe ct in i n sulatio n a s h a rp cur r e n t w ill b e

communicated alon g t h e metal . A fte r t h e tub e is
prop erly adjusted t h e cur r e n t is tur n ed on a nd
allowe d to p ass fo r seven m i n utes w h e n it i s tur n ed ,
o b efore removin g t h e tub e . I n ve r y acute cases ,
I h ave n ot h esitated to g ive tw o or t h re e treat me n ts

in a day until improvement took place . Ordi n a r ily
'
from on e
~
treatme n t a day down to two or t h re e

treat m ents a week will prove s atisfa ctory in sub
acute or chronic cases . Th e insulated v a g i n al tub e
S hould b e use d . I t is sho wn i n Fig 2 1 , No 1 0
. . . Th e
prostatic tub e also makes an ex cellent on e fo r
vaginal use ,
an d Fig 2 7 S hows my new spatulate
tub e s which admit of co n t act with a lar g e r surface
, .
Occasionally in treati ng diseases of t h e cervix ,

a
small electrode may b e inserted withi n th e ca n al ,
takin g care to i n sulate a g ainst contact with th e
meta ! S p eculum if t h e latter is used , .

( A n old fash -
ion e d glass on e is b ette r ) . I n ca n ce r th e ful g u r a

,
HIG H FREQUEN CY Cu RREN Ts 151
tio n tub e may b e used t hr ou gh t h e va g i n a to dest r oy

the cancerous tissue . This may or may n ot r e qui r e
a n a n aesthetic .
Fig . 5 0a Bo d y El ec t r o d e A ppl i c a t i on .
On e authority packs t h e va gi n a wit h mo i stened

g auze with a metal electrode i n the ce n ter and
thus carries th e current to all contiguous p arts Th e .
D Ar s on al current may be used in the va gina by

D Ar s on v al iz ation n ow

this method . Direct is
known as diath ermy . S e e Chapter X I .
Chapter V II are to b e followed unless othe r wise

i n dicated .
Where small Tesla coils are used with t h e vacuum

elect r ode it S h ould b e r emembered that th e curre n t
,
is S h a rp er tha n that from Ou d in or larger Tesla ,
and s h orter sparks must b e used th a n t h e avera g e

stated ,
or th e p atient will complain .
Where two S park le n gths are give n for example

-
, ,
o n e quarter to
-
on e -
h alf in ch th e shorter would b e

f or t h e ma c h i n e g iving a hot spark and th e

lo n ger for on e giving a comp aratively cold spark .
B ea r in mi n d that this stating th e strength o f a

va cuum electro de in terms of a certain len gth of
spark do es not n ecessari ly mean that the tub e is

held away from the surfac e so that a S park of that
le ng t h actually passes but mea n s that enough cur
,
re n t is p assed throu gh th e electrode to make such a

S park possible . U sually th e tub e is kept in contact
with t h e S ki n and wh ere it is n ot it is s o stated i n
t h e text .
I n any of t h e cases calli n g f or t h e S park the indi

rect spark may b e used i n stead of t h e direct . Se e
Chapter V I .
Where general t r eatme n t with t h e vacuum elec

t r ode is give n to take th e p l ac e of auto co n de n sation
-
154 EBERHART S
MAN UAL or
or auto conductio n the treatme n t must b e muc h

-
,
lon g er t h a n that fo r a pu r ely local e e ct . Th e aver

a g e du r ation of lo cal v acuum tub e treatments is
from ve to te n mi n utes ; for auto co n de n satio n or -
auto conductio n te n
-
,
to thirty minutes and fo r th e ,
g eneral tub e t r eatme n t r efe r red to from twe n ty , to
t h irty minutes .
A numb er of symptoms or conditions h ave b ee n

index ed f or conve n ie n ce as if sep a r ate diseases such ,
as pa r alysis co n stipation
, , p r u r i tis, etc .
I nsulated tub es are preferable in treati n g the

various orices of the b o dy . I n g eneral limit ,
or i
c ial t r eatments to seve n minut es to avoid p ossible

bu rn s .
I n statin g dose of auto co n densation I h ave em

-
plo ye d my ne w u nit of measurem ent ,

the Ebe rhar t ,
a full discussio n of whic h will b e found under that

h eadi ng in Chapte r VI . I t is b ased on 1 0 0 mil l iam
p eres meter reading p er mi n ute to each volts
of p ote n tial .
The r e a r e two types of apparatus employed w h ich ,
I will desi gnate as Numb er On e and Numb er Tw o .
I wis h to remain absolutely n eutral o n the questio n

o f wh et h e r o n e typ e of t h e ot h er is sup erior for auto

c o n de n satio n .
H IG H FREQUEN CY CURRENT S 155
Typ e No 1 . . H i gh volta g e ,
l ow amp era g e . I as
sume that t h e voltage is ab out Th is is n ot
o fcial h oweve r
,
. The machine op erates ordi n a r ily
at an average meter r eadi ng of 35 0 to 500 . In
usin g it I n ever try to c r owd it ab out 5 0 0, and
usuall y employ it at about 4 00 . W h ere a la rg e r
dose is n ecessary I prefe r to len gt h e n the time ,
rat h er tha n i n c r ease th e amp era g e . On th e volta g e

state d t h e n umb e r o f Eb er h arts p er 1 00 milliamp e r es
is 5 0 .
Typ e No 2 . . L ow volta g e h i gh amp era g e

,
. I as
sume u n o fficially t h e volta g e
, , to b e ab out
average meter readin g 7 00 to I b elieve th e
maj ority of op erators use it ab out an d h ere

a gai n I prefer len g t h enin g t h e time i n givi ng a
larger dose r ath er than to crowd t h e meter re adi ng
,
to a h i g h e r p oi n t . B ased on volts the appa

,
ratus delive r s 2 5 Eb erha r ts to eac h 1 00 o f mete r

r eadin g and alt h ou g h t h e voltage is
, on e -
ha l f th a t
of No 1 .
,
is ope r ated at twice the avera ge meter
readin g ,
w h ic h leaves the time of treatment t h e
ame .
Th e followi ng table shows h ow the time co in cides ,
the avera g e b ein g ab out te n to ftee n minutes on
eit h e r to g ive E.
able latitude i n dosa g e is allowed only b e sure and ,
cl ose e n ou g h . Th e only co n tra indications I co n-
sider are hi g h temperature i n the patie n t or a pulse

pressu r e o f 20 or less . In the rst insta n ce I would
start wit h ab out to E a n d wait u n til
.
the third day before repeatin g g e n erally increasin g ,
dos e a n d fre quen cy as p atient S howed toleration ,
as i n dicated by a correspondi n gly smaller rise i n

temperature immediately followin g treatment .
In the latter case if patie n t was applyin g f or rst

treatment I would ,
n ot employ auto co n de n sation at -
all but S pinal S parks instead

,
. I f patient had b een
under treatment fo r high blo od p r essure and puls e
pressure went to 20 or b elow I would either stop
,
the treatment for a few days or give the small dose

to and if it still stayed as lo w I ,
would abando n auto conde n satio n even thoug h the

-
,
systolic blo o d pressure was still abnormally hi g h .
Whe n the bloo d pressure of the patie n t is n ormal

or b elow normal auto condensation ge n erally would
,
-
b e co n tra indicated but i n those cases wh ere i t is

-
,
desired to use it for its e ffect i n improvin g meta

b o l ism, the dose should avera ge ab out Eber
harts a n d sh ould b e g ive n at a low meter readi n g
( 2 00 to 2 50 fo r No . 1 ; 400 to 5 00 fo r No . I f t h is
1 58 EBERHART S MAN UAL

or
is show n to materially decrease t h e systolic bloo d

pressure ,
each treatment S hould b e followe d by

S harp sparks to th e p atie n t S S pin e for ve mi n utes
,
.
Ab sc e ss . To preve n t th e formation of an abscess ,
the use of a low vacuum electrode is theoretically

indicated . Th e intensity of current employed S h ould
b e that cap able of pro ducin g a sp ark of o n e quarter
-
to thre e
qua r ters of an in ch , but in employing the
tub e it S hould b e kept i n contact wit h th e ski n . U se
enou g h current to g et th e e ff ect of the h eat gener
ated . Duratio n of treatment ten to ftee n minutes ,
rep eated daily of twice a day if n ecessary . I n those

cases w h ere a n abs cess already exists t h e h ig h
vacuum tub e is preferable usin g t h e s ame in te n ,
s ity . Duratio n of treatment s even to ten minutes ,

.
H i gh candle p ower li g hts are useful i n co n ne ction

with high f r e que n cy .
A cn e R os ace a ( R ed Nose ) To destroy the e n .
l ar g e d veins in t hi s disease the sp ark must b e em ,
ployed to g et a cauterizi n g a ction . F or this t h e

b est metho d is to use th e ful g u r atio n elect r ode r e g ,
u l atin g t h e stren g th of spark i n accorda n ce wit h th e

toleration o f th e p atient and treatin g from two or
'
thre e up to six or ei g ht minutes at a sittin g acco r d

,
in g to the amou n t o f dest ru ction r e quired . A spark

from on e -
quarter to o n e ha l f of a n inch i n len gth
-
from a n y vacuum tub e may b e employed in place

of a fulguration p oi n t . Wit h the latter t h e treat ,
me n ts sh ould n ot b e r ep eate d un til the e e ct of the

rst h as subsided w h ic h will avera g e from,
S ix to
te n days : Th e X r ay in co nn ectio n wit h t h e hi gh
-
fr e qu e n cy c u r r e n t is indicated but I b elieve carb o n ,
dioxide snow rst su gg ested for this purp ose by

,
me is sup erior
,
to either and we must
,
n ot fo rg et
the curative e e ct o f electrolysis .
A c n e Vul gar is ( Pimples ) On e of th e b e st elds .
for the employment of hig h fre quency is i n this form

of ac n e . I t is used preferably in conjunction wi th
th e X ray an d wit h this comb ination a cure s h oul d
-
,
b e eff ected in practically every case . Th e v acuum

tub e is us ed for th e high fre que n cy applicatio n ,
the so- calle d b o dy tub e ,

Fi g . 51, b ei ng that ordi
n ar ily employed and a su fcient amount
, of current
p ass ed throu g h t h e app aratus to pro duce a sp a r k of
on e -
quarter to three qua r ters o f an i n c h
-
. Th e tub e ,
h oweve r i s n ot raised from th e

, S ki n but kept
,
in
ligh t contact with it dustin g o n talcum p owder if ,
the tub e sticks to th e skin ,

or else treatin g throu gh
a S i ng le thick n ess of cloth as t h rou g h a
,
h an d k e r
chie f . In place of the b ody tub e I have fou n d that ,
H IGH F RE Q UEN CY CURRENTs 16 1
any of th e g lass vacuum tub es endi ng i n a vacuum

n ot less tha n a n inch in diameter may b e employed
as easily as t h e body tub e . F or insta n ce t h e p r os
,
tatic tu b e Fig
,
. 2 1 , No 1 1 ,
. makes a n ex celle n t elec
trode for t r eatment o f t h e face b ecause the edges ,
su r roun di n g the dep r essio n on t h e surface of th e

tub e e n able t h e op e r ato r to g et a b ette r contact
about t h e n ose or oth er S h arp a ng les tha n is p ossible
wit h th e b ody tub e . Th e tub e is kep t movi ng rap
idly b ac k a n d fo r t h ove r t h e surfa ce and is n ot al
lo wed t o r emain stationa r y ove r any p oi n t . L ately

I h ave made considerable use of th e i n direct S park
wit h t h e p atie n t on the auto co n densation pad
-
. If
t h e t r eatme n t is g ive n in co n nectio n with the X ray -
,
th e du r atio n of t h e h i gh fre que n cy treatment s h ould

b e from t h re e to ve minutes but if given alon e a , ,
treatme n t of seven to twelve minutes is indicated .
Treatme n ts may b e g ive n th r ee to S ix times a week

wit h t h e h i gh fre que n cy but n ot more t h an thre e
,
seve n mi n ute t r eatments p er week wit h t h e X r ay

- -
.
Th e h i gh fre que n cy X ray tub e proves very satis

-
factory fo r t h e treatme n t of ac n e as little p e n etra

,
tio n is r e qui r ed . Where pustules are formi n g I h ave ,
fou n d it adva n ta g eous to r ais e t h e tub e fo r ftee n

to t h i r ty s eco n ds a n d apply for t h at le ng t h of time
162 EB ER HART S MANUAL

or
a reasonably S harp S park This often ab orts the .
pustules and even if it do es n ot will limit their

, ,
S ize . I do n ot approve of deep lancing of pustules

on accou n t of t h e conse quent s carrin g . When a
yellow head app ears o n th e pustule it S hould b e
op ened wit h a sterilized n eedle ,
and th en instead
of using pressure to eva cuate the co n tents th e shaft ,
of th e n eedle S hould b e p assed across the pustule ,
which will remove all of th e pus th at is ready wi t h ,
ou t bruising the ti s sues and extendin g th e fo cus

of infectio n .
Where scars are already pres e n t there is n o more

e fcient applicatio n f or them than a S harp sp ark
from th e glass electro de ,
or a very mild spark from
th e fulguration p oint may b e employed .
A cti n om y cosis ( R ay Fu ng us ) I n this diseas e th e .
h i gh freque n cy sp ark is employed as an adj un ct to

th e X ray -
. Th e S p ark S hould b e from on e -
quarter
to three quarters of a n inc h in le n gt h according
-
,
to
th e toleratio n of th e p atient providin g the vacuum

,
tub e is used . I f th e fulguration p oint is employed ,
a shorter S park is r equired . Thre e treatme n ts p er

week .
A d e n it is Ce rvi c al ( S e e Tub erculosis

, of G lands ) .
H IG H FREQUENCY CURRENT S 16 3
A d h e si o n s . Where p elvic or othe r ad h esions f ol

lo w op erations or inammatory conditions t h e hig h ,
fre quen cy current w ill b e us eful . Th e vacuum tub e

is employed usin g a n i n te n sity cap able
,
of pro ducin g
a on e -
h alf inc h sp ark a n d ke epi n g t h e tub e in li gh t
contact with th e abdomin al wall p assing b ack a n d ,
fort h o ver the area involved for from s even to ten

minutes ,
o r use t h e dire ct S park wit h patient on
a uto conde n satio n pad

-
. In p elvic adhesions the use ,
of the va cuum electrode in th e vagina i n co n nection

with t h e surface application will h asten results . Me
c han ic al vibration is advised in connection .
A l b umin uri a ( Nephritis ; B ri ght s Disease ) B ene

.
t i n th es e diseases has b e en obtained from the ap

plicatio n of hi g h fre quency currents . Th e b est
metho d is th e us e of auto condensation
-
,
to
E p er day , in connectio n wit h the use
. of a
vacuum tub e over t h e re gio n of the kidneys . There
have b e en many reports of th e disappearance of t h e
albumen followi ng this met h o d of treatme n t . I have
myself seen b oth albume n and casts disapp ear but ,
do not wis h to b e un dersto od as maki ng t h e state

ment that this treatment will cure B right s D isease .
That it is of su fcient value to wa r rant its employ

ment if p ossible in every case is my rm belief
, , ,
.
H IG H FREQU EN CY CU RRENr s
'
165
166 EB ER H AR T S M A N UAL

or
usin g eithe r the tub e S h ow n i n Fig . 51 o r t h at i n Fig .
21, No 1 1 . . S u fcie n t cu rr e n t is to b e se n t t hr ou gh
the app aratus to make it p ossible to draw a S park of
fro m on e -
qua r te r to thre e quarters -
of an i n ch . A
cas e bein g treated with the S p ark from a p orta b le
outt is s h own in Fi g 5 2
. . Th e tub e is ordi n arily i n
li g ht co n tact with the scalp but o ccasionally may b e ,
r aised S li gh tly ,
givin g a s h ort but r ather inte n se
spark . I t is to b e kept movi ng ab out over t h e scalp ,
for from ve to te n minutes at a treatment . I f too

S harp a sp ark is employed t h e s calp will b ecome ,
sore an d tiny little places will app ear where it h as

exerted a n escharotic e ffect . To get th e b est results
a daily treatment is advised and ,
tw o short treat
me n ts p er day would not b e to o muc h . In co nn e c
f re quency

tion wit h the hig h a few mome n ts us e
of the vibrato r is stro n gly advised . I n A lop e cia
A re ata the X ray is employed i n co n nectio n wit h
-
t h e h i g h fre quency curre n t usin g a medium o r h i gh

vacuum . The scalp is p articularly sensitive to the
X ray-
.
Am e no rrh e a . Th at t h e hi gh freque n cy cu rr ent

whe n applied t h r oug h the va g ina sometimes h as a n

emmenago gue e ffect h as b een n oted b y s e v e r al au
thors . I have o ccasionally observed th e same e f

HIG H FREQU ENCY CURRENT S
feet alt h ough I can n ot r eco n cile this a ctio n wit h t h e

b enecial r esults we obtain from the same cu rr e n t
in menorrha g ia and metrorrh a g ia ; co n ditio n s w h ic h
are precis ely opposite . A s th e cu rr e n t determi n es
an increased amount of blo o d to th e are a treated its ,
employment in absence of th e menses would app ea r

reason able . Th e techni que is th e use of t h e insu
lated v a ginal tub e for seven m in utes three to ,
S ix
times a week and in con n ectio n th erewith the

, ,
ap
plication of a S park to th e lower p art of th e S pi n e

f or from t h ree to six minutes An othe r metho d is to
.
u se t h e bi p olar Tesla treat ment wit h on e p ole over

t h e sac r um a n d th e ot h e r over th e tub es ; tw o or
three times a week .
In t h os e cases that result from anemia t h e g en ,
eral effect on metab olism of auto co n densation will

-
call f or its employment ,

to E t h re e to
.
six times p e r week . Mecha n ical vibration is very

e ffect i ve I n ame n or rh ea and S h ould b e employed in
,
conne ction . In v ir g ins w h e r e th e menstrual func

,
tio n is irre g ular a small tub e suc h as s h own i n

, ,
Fi g .
2 0, No 4 may b e employed
.
, ,
or t h e treatme n t g ive n
th r ou gh t h e r ectum wit h t h e i n sulated tub e show n
in F ig 2 1
. No 8 Ozo n e i n halatio n s will still furth er
. .
assist in th ose cases caused by a n emia .

H IG H FREQU EN CY CURREN TS 169
A ne mia and Chl or osis . AS h i gh fre que n c y cu r

r e n ts i n c r ease t h e oxy g e n atio n of t h e b lo o d t h e r eby ,
increas in g b ot h t h e reductio n of oxyh emo glob i n and

also t h e n umb er o f red corpuscles and the p e r ce n t
age of h emo g lob in t h eir employme n t in anemia
, . es
p e c i al l y of t h e chlorotic typ e is quite as e ff ective

,
as iron to n ics and at t h e same time do es n ot i n te r

,
fe r e wit h t h e j oint us e of t h e latte r . Th e met h o d of

administerin g th e current is by auto co n de n satio n -
.
I f t h e blo od pressure is n ormal

-
or ab o v e g ive
,
to E t hr ee to six times p e r week

. . I f the blo o d
pressure is b elow n ormal g ive to E with
.
meter re ading about 2 50 f or low ampera g e mac h i n es ,
an d 500 for hi gh amp erage outts .
Ozon e inhalations are clearly indicate d a n d a r e

of t h e utmost value i n t h ese cases . I n one of my
cases t h e p e r centage of hemo g lobi n in crease d fr om
t h irty p e r cent to eighty p e r c e n t in ei g ht we e k s .
I n t r a muscular i n j e ctions o f iro n solutions are

-
ad
vised .
A n e urism . A uto conde n satio n

-
,
to E.
,
t h ree to S ix times p e r wee k g ives r elief but is of , ,
cou r s e n ot curati v e U nde r n o circumsta n ces S h ould

.
th e va cuum electrode b e employed locally ove r t h e

a n eu r ism .
1 70 EBERHARr

s M A NU AL or
App e n d i ci tis, Catar rhal . In cata r r h al app e n di

oitis the vacuum tub e h as b ee n employed lo cally
, ,
usin g a tub e cap able of emittin g a o n e fou r t h o r

-
on e -
half inch spark keepin g it movi ng i n co n tact
,
wit h th e S kin over th e re g io n of the app endix B ot h .
t h e mo n op olar application from th e reso n ato r o r

Tesla , and th e bi -
p olar Tesla current h ave b ee n em
ployed . I n the latte r case t h e othe r p ole is placed ,
o ver th e lumbar r e g io n o r g rounded by attachme n t,
to gas o r water pip e . I t is my O pinio n that app e n di

o itis i n a n y form is a disease whic h high fre que n cy
, ,
op erators S hould n ot trie with but tur n ove r to ,
thei r sur g ical frie n ds .
A rte ri os cl e r os i s and Hig h B l o o d P r e ssur e . A r te

r ioscl e r osis is a disease that is of th e utmost im
p orta n ce b ec ause it is th e p r imary c onditio n whic h
,
results in so many diseases of kidneys liver h ea r t , ,
a n d brain which we are accustomed to classify

,
ac
cordin g to th e or g a n more p articularly a ff e cted .
A rteriosclerosis formerly lo oke d up on

,
as th e h e r it
a ge of old age is now very common an d greatly
,
on
the increase b ecause o f ou r p r esent mo de of life wit h

its stre n uous efforts to g ratify ambition ; its ex
cesses a n d indisc r etio n s in eatin g drinki n g etc To , ,
.
day t h e r e are ma ny men you ng i n years w h ose a r te

H IG H FREQ U ENCY CU RRENr s
'
171
r ies are those of the o cto g e n a r ian a n d forecast th e

probability of a sudde n terminatio n of their us eful
n ess .
Th e most promi n ent a n d p ersiste n t symptom o f

a r teriosclerosis is h i g h b lo o d pressure . The c ir cu
l ator y system may b e compared to a n elect r ical

plant i n w h ic h t h e h ea r t is th e ce n tral statio n
,
or
dy n amo a n d must n e cessa r ily h ave a pressu r e suffi

c ie n t _
to overcome the r esista n ce in t h e ci r c ui t .
Th e r efore , we h ave th e pressure de creasi ng i n th e

a r te r ies less in t h e capillaries a n d still de c r easin g
, ,
as t h e v ei n s g row lar g e r . Th us we h ave t h e co m

p l e t e r oun d of th e circulatio n th e bloo d followi n g
,
the r ule of wate r a n d of electricity an d owi ng fr om

a h i gh e r to a lo we r p ressure . Normal p r essu r e of
t h e bloo d in t h e a r teries is s ufficient to supp o r t a
p erp e n dicula r column of me r cu r y of from 110 to 1 20
millimeters . In arte r iosclerosis it sometimes in
creases to o ve r 3 00 .
Th e disease is usually divided into th e fun ctio n al

a n d or g a ni c sta g es . Th e rst would b e t h e sta g e
p r evious to t h e r eal h a r de n i ng o f t h e arte r ies a n d
t h e latte r t h at i n w h ic h structu r al cha ng es actuall y
h ad o ccu rr ed .
H IG H FREQ UENCY CU RRENr s
'
173
causes of arterioscle r osis are wo rr y ; p r olo ng ed me n

tal o r muscula r strai n a n d t h e a fte r , e e cts o f in
f e ctiou s diseases . A lthou gh mo r e commo n afte r t h e
a g e of fo r ty n o p e r io d of life is ex emp t ; case s
,
o ccu rr i ng at th e a g es of eig h t ftee n a n d twe n ty

,
ei g h t y ears b ei ng o n record . Whate v e r t h e t r eat

ment u n dertake n for th e disease t h ere must ,
n e ce s
s ar ily be a re g u l at i on pf h ab its to o v e r come t h e

causes stated ab ove . Th e diet should b e simple all ,
alco h olic b evera g es tab oo ed ; tob acco S h ould b e pro

hib it e d or used sp ari ng ly . Milk or buttermilk are
allowed esp ecially th e butt ermil k made w i t h lactic
,
aci d fe r ments . R ed meats are to b e eate n sp ar ing ly ,
but ple n ty of ve g eta b les a r e advis ed .
Th e r e h as b een a te n den cy on t h e p art of ma n y

p h ysicia n s toward t h e p a r tial or complete elimi n a
tio n of s alt from t h e diet . Th e i n dividual s h ould
take h is time a n d a v oid all wor r y h aste a n d ex cite
, ,
ment . I n additio n strict attentio n S h ould b e g ive n

,
to p erso n al hy g ie n e an d regula r b ut mo derate e xe r
cis e b at h s etc
, ,
. I t has b e en S how n exp erime n tally
th at i n a n o r mal subj e ct t h e blo o d pressure may b e
,
raised f r om ve to ten millimete r s by ta k i ng a cup

of b eef b rot h . Therefore , th e n ecessity f or cu r tail
i ng t h e amou n t of red meat is appare n t .
174 EBERHARF S

MANU AL OF
On e of ou r Chica g o mil l ionaires co n sulted tw o

celebrated G erman sp ecialists Dr G rodel of Nau ,
.
h eim and Dr Vo g el of Ems . .

.
Th e directions g ive n
by each were almost identical and I h erewit h g ive ,
the combi n ed list

Tw o ci gars daily ,
sep arately . Co ff ee , t h ree
fourths milk ,
or d e k af a . Cho colate . No tea . No
Turkish baths S wi m ming all ri gh t H orse b ack

-
. .
ridin g ; slow h ors e . S low golf . A utomobilin g all

ri ght . No stairs ; no strain ; n o hurry . Eat co a r s e
gra h am b r ead like Nauh eim . Ne v e r o v e r -
e at, it
k il ls ! No sweets No cabba g e fres h bread .
, or foo ds
causin g atule n ce . Champ ag n e and wi n es d o t h e
same ( caus e atulenc e ) . Eat li gh tly and more ofte n

if n ecessary .
A lthou g h h i gh blo o d p r essure is t h e r ule if t h e ,
h eart is d il at e d and there is a te n dency to d r opsy

and co ng estion the r e may b e a ,

l ow b loo d pressure .
I n t h ese cases it is n ecessary to b e sure of t h e pulse

,

pressu r e ( S e e Chapte r V I under Takin g B lo od
Pr e ssu r e . Th e most imp o r ta n t an d co n sta n t
symptom however is high blo o d pressu r e
, ,
. In Figs .
44 and 4 4a t h e pro cess of taki n g the bloo d pressure

is illustrated .
( Fo r the te ch n ique of taki ng th e
blood pressure see Chapter V I ) ,
.
H IG H FREQU EN CY CURREN TS 175
Th e ele ct r ical t r eatme n t of arte r iosclerosis is t h e

us e of t h e hi gh fre que n cy cu r re n t by auto co n due -
tion or by auto condens atio n

-
. Th e p r elimi n ary dose
is E , a n d it should b e g ive n daily i n t h e b e g in
.
nin g and less t h a n t h re e treatme n ts a wee k at t h e

,
s tart are useless .
A s the blo o d pressure appro ac h es n ormal ,

th e
tre atme n ts may b e reduce d to th r ee a week the n to ,
twic e a week and if th ere is n o te n dency to a rise

,
in pressure t hen o n ce a we ek
,
. A treatment every
week or tw o s h ould b e maintai n ed for s ome time
i n order to b e sure of the p erma n ency of r esults .
I t is n ot enou gh to force the pressure dow n a n d

t h e n sudde n ly ab a n do n all treatment . I t will re
quire on an avera g e ab out 40 to 50 treatme n ts to
brin g the pressure from 2 00 down to 1 40 or u n der ,
or to th e p oint w h ere only on e treatme n t a wee k is

n eeded .
Th e p r essure is take n b efore givin g the t r eatment

and if taken after S hows an avera g e reductio n of
about 1 0 to 1 2 millimete r s . In a few hours the p r es
sure is b ack n early to w h ere it was b efore the n et
reduction b ei n g from one h alf to two millimeters -
,
accordi n g to t h e indi vidual and th e de gree of pres

sure . Whe n t h e pressu r e is ove r 2 00 I exp ect to g et
H I G H FREQUENCY CU RRENr s
'
177
meter readin g s . A fter anot h er te n treatme n ts if ,
the r eductio n is su fcie n t I le n gt h e n t h e time to,
twice t h e o r i g i n al ( maki ng and so I keep

crowdi ng t h e dos e un til I g et r esults or co n vince
mys elf t h at it is imp ossible . Ma n y O p e r ators fail
b e cause afr aid to pus h t h e dose .
Whe n taki ng t h e pressu r e take bot h systolic and ,
diastolic a n d n ote their di fference pulse pressu r e

, ,
.
In t h ese cases we are o n ly i n te r ested as a rule , ,
i n low pulse pressure and this s h ould n e v er remai n

,
lon g unde r 20 . I f it does we h ave ca r rie d auto -

con
densatio n as far as it will do any g oo d a n d i t must ,
b e stopp ed as furt h e r treatment will enti r ely d i s

,
turb comp ensatio n a n d e n da ng e r t h e p atie n t .
Ordi n arily t h e systolic a n d diastol i c p r essures g o

do wn simultaneousl y t h ou gh n ot always t h e same
,
numb er Of millimeters . Oc casionally th e systolic

g o es dow n faster tha n t h e diastol i c until th e pulse
pressure r eac h es 20 . I t h e n lesse n t h e dose to
or E or skip a treatment
.
,
or two and if after
,
t h is it r emains at 2 0, or possibly goes down to 1 8, I

stop t h e treatme n t alt o g et h e r whethe r t h e systolic ,
is dow n to n ormal or n ot a n d usuall y g ive some ,
sharp sparks to spin e to r aise t h e systol i c a n d t h e r e ,
by also t h e puls e p r essu r e u n til t h e latte r is a b o ve 2 0

,
.
EBERHARr s

MANU A L OF
I have met with o ccasio n al cases i n w h ic h n o b e n e

t Or only a very temp orary r eduction followed t h e
use of auto condensation-
.
I ncreased determi n atio n of blo od to t h e su r fac e

o f the b ody lowers the blo o d pressure a n d ,
co n
v e r se l y , drivin g th e bloo d from th e su r face r ais es it ,
.
Therefore ; any r emedy that inc r eases p e r ip h eral cir

culatio n lowers the bloo d pressure . In additio n to
th e drugs employed for this purpos e may b e me n

tion e d electric light b aths oxygen b aths etc , , . In
advanced eases care S h ould b e ex ercise d n ot to re
duce the blo o d pressure to o rap idly at rst .
We must n ot los e sig h t of th e fact that eithe r

auto condensatio n or auto conductio n if cap abl e
- -
,
of
lowerin g bloo d pressure is e qually cap able O f pre

,
venting the development Of a r te r iosclerosis w h e n

employe d at t h e rst S ig n O f increased pressu r e . In
brief the e ffects of
,
Ol d a g e may b e discounted .
I v oice t h e view of many authorities w h e n I state

that a man p ast forty wh o is under co n siderable
,
st r ai n or carryin g a he avy load in h is busi n ess or

professio n and who nds d ifculty at times i n con
,
c e n tr atin
his atte n tion awakens i n t h e mor n i ng
g ,
more tired tha n when h e we n t to b ed ; h as o ccasional

sp ells O f dizzi n ess or li gh t h e aded n ess
-
,
o r notices
HIG H FREQUENCY CURRE NT S 179
o ccasional tin glin g or n umbness in the extremities ,
owes it to h imself to as certai n whet h e r or n ot these

symptoms are poi n tin g toward the developme n t of
arterioscle r osis . If his fea r s prove g rou n dless well ,
a n d g oo d ; but if evide n ces of arterial in volveme n t

are pres ent they will b e di s covere d i n time to pre
,
vent t h eir u n toward eff ects .
A r t icul ar Rh e umatism ( S e e R heumatism ) .
A st h e n opia U se the b ody ele ctrode car ryin g a

.
sp ark from on e -
fourt h to th r e e fou r ths -
Of a n in ch ,
accord in g to th e s ensitive n ess O f the p atient and ,
keep th e tub e at full S p arki n g dista n ce . Pass it

r apidly up an d dow n the S pine fo r thre e minutes .
This t r eatme n t is satisfactorily applie d th r oug h

some layers of clothin g as th e latter i n su r e a d e
,
n ite sp ark len g th . I n women th e corset should b e

remove d if a n y steels are w h ere they will b e c h ar g ed
by the curre n t . I f a chai n is wor n a r ou n d t h e n eck
it shoul d b e take n Off .
F ollow the sp in al treatment by a n applicatio n O f

the same tub e to the b ack Of t h e h ead and n eck for
thre e minutes longer the n ove r t h e eyes fo r two o r
,
t h ree minutes keepin g it in co n tact wit h t h e skin

,
.
Finallyuse th e d ouble eye tub e Fi g 6 ,

.
,
f or t h ree
minutes Th ree to six treatments pe r week
. .
H IGH FRE Q U ENCY CU RRENr s
'
181
tio n f or te n mi n utes . Th is treatment was r ep eated

daily . I n on e case a cure r esulted i n s ix wee ks .
This autho r also rep orted r esults i n seventee n cases

treated by Drs Grobie an d Bok e n h am
. . Th e results
were proved by S k ia graphs .
On e metho d that h as b ee n us ed in t r e ati ng this

disease h as b ee n to localize t h e e ff ects o f auto co n -
densation by usin g th e metal ele ctrode and placing

a piece of plate g lass b etwee n t h e electro de a n d t h e
stomac h area . Th e plate glass is t h e di ele ctric Th e -
.
electro de corresp onds to on e laye r of co n de n se r a n d ,
the gastric area to th e oth er thus O b tain i ng t h e , e f

fe et of auto co n densatio n -
.
I h a v e found general auto condensatio n t r eat -
me n ts ) were e nto
ti r ely 7 , 5 00 E
s atisfactor y .
for t h is disease o fte n combi nin g wit h mec h a n ical

vibratio n . Th e S inusoidal current h as proved of
esse n tially e qual value . W h ile applyin g t h e g eneral
auto co n densation
-
on th e couc h ,
it is p ossible to
draw sp arks from the bo dy wit h th e vacuum tub e
lo cally o ver th e stomach at th e same time wit h
b en et . The fore g oin g treatment is e qually e e c
tive i n ato n y of th e stomac h w h e n dilatatio n is n ot
prese n t .
A tr op hi c Rhini t is ( S e e Oze n a ) .
EBERHART M A NU AL OF

1 82 S
A t r o phy of the Op tic Ne rv e Th e metho d of t r eat .
in g this disease with h i gh fre que n cy curre n ts h as

b ee n by t h e use of th e eye elect r o de ,
S ingle o r dou b le ,
as r e quired t h e s ame b ein g held i n co n tact wit h t h e

,
closed eyelid and the curre n t allowe d to p ass fo r

fr om v e to te n minutes The cu rr ent is of a st r eng t h
.
just s h o r t Of p r oduci ng p ai n ful S p arks on th e

lid . In t h e place of t h e eye ele ctro de I h ave used t h e ,
form show n i n Fig . 21, NO . 11, usi ng a cu r re n t

that would n ot b e cap a b le O f producin g a S par k of
more t h a n on e -
sixtee n t h of a n i n ch an d ke epi ng it
,
in light contact wit h th e lid w h ile it is passed b ack

a n d fort h f or several mi n utes . A n othe r autho r su g
g ests at th e same tim e an applicatio n wit h a st r on g er
cur r e n t keepi ng t h e tub e in loos e contact wit h t h e
,
ski n ove r t h e temple f or ab out the same len g t h O f

time . Daily treatme n ts are advised .
Bal dn e ss ( S e e A lop ecia ) .

Barbe r s It ch ( S e e S ycosis ) .
B l a d d e r D ise ase ( S e e Cystitis ) .
B l ad d e r P apill oma of S e e te ch n i que u n de r

, . Fu l
g u r ati on , Ch apte r V I .
B l e phari t is . I n a lar g e n umb e r Of cases of ble

p h ar i tis a cu r e h as r esulted from th e u se of a v e ry
mild sp a r k from th e v acuum tub e . S ometimes it h as
H IG H F REQUEN CY CURREN TS 1 83
to b e p ersisted in ove r a lon g p erio d on accoun t of a
marke d tenden cy to relapse . On e case r efe r red to

me by D r R ager whic h had resisted all of t h e usual
.
routine treatment improved rapidly unde r t h ree ap
plications a we e k o f the hi gh freque n cy cur r ent in

co nn ection wit h th e hi g h candle p ower li gh t . Ove r
sixty treatme n ts were g iven ,
however b efo r e t h e
,
cas e was esse n tially cured . F ox treate d 1 00 cases

wit h n o failures .
Th e tec hn ique w h ic h I employ is as follows : I

use t h e electro de s h own i n Fi g . 21, NO 1 1 .
,
wit h
j ust e n ou gh cu r re n t to pro duc e a stin g i n g se n satio n
wh e n applied to my own eyelid t h e n e sp ark from ,
it b ein g f r om on e -
thi r ty S eco n d to
-
on e -
sixte e n t h of
an inc h in len gth . I r aise the upp er lid b y p r essure
wit h th e thumb and apply this ne S p ark alon g th e
ed g e for tw o minutes and the n pull t h e lowe r lid
,
do wn and do t h e same . The n w h ile t h e p atie n t

closes th e eye I pass t h e electro de ove r t h e w h ole
surface O f t h e lids for two or t h re e mi n utes lon g e r .
A daily treatment is prefera b le b ut three times a ,
week will su ffice .
B lin dne ss f r om I n tra Ocul ar H e morrhag e

-
. I n this
condition t h e curre n t is us ed to promote absorptio n ,
a n d as t h e bloo d p r essu r e is always h i gh t h ere is a n ,

H I G H FREQU ENCY CURRENT S 185
before t h e h emorrha g e o ccurred as t h e patie n t ,

h ad
had some di fculty wit h t h is eye f or ma ny y ears .
B lo od P r es sur e H yp erte n sio n ( H i gh B loo d

. Se e
Pressure ) als o Hypotensio n ( L ow B lo o d P r essu r e )
, ,
and A rt e r ioscle r osis .
B oils ( S e e Fu ru n culosis )
. .
Brachial Ne uri tis ( S e e Neu r itis ) . .

Brain Fag B rain Fag h as come to r eprese n t
.
a conditio n j ust one step r emove d from complete

n e r vous prost r atio n . I t is commo n i n bus in ess me n ,
esp ecially whe r e to o clos e atte n tio n to business h as

be en accomp a n ied by too little exercise . Th e favo r
ite prescription has b ee n a complete ch an g e of sce n e ,
suc h as a sea voyage . This treat ment is n ot always

possible and much may b e accomplis h ed by th e use
,
of h i gh fre quency curre n ts ozone and mechanical , ,
vibratio n .
The n ature o f th e hig h f r e que n cy treatments

should b e i n a ccordance wit h the p atient s blo o d
p r essure . I f th e bloo d pressu r e is hi g h auto coude n ,

-
satio n or auto co n ductio n is clea r ly indicated and

-
,
to E s h ould b e applie d daily , or eve n

.
twice a day if th e case is ur g e n t . F ollowin g this ,
th e v a cuum tub e wit h a spar k just st r o ng e n ou g h

to h ave a g oo d to n ic e ff ect s h ould b e applied to the
1 86 EBERHARr

s MANU AL OF
fore h ead ove r t h e eyes and to t h e b ack O f t h e h ead

a n d n ec k . Th e p atient will n early always complai n
of p ai n in th e b ack O f th e n eck th e p ain ,
SO commo n
in n eurast h e n ia .
In many O f t h es e c as e s th e b lo o d pressure is b elow

n ormal a n d in t h ese th e use of auto co n densatio n
-
do wn th e S pin e for four or ve minutes t h e n o v e r

,
I nstead there s h ould b e t h e applicatio n O f s h arp

sparks say ,
on e -
half i n ch or more i n le ng th up and ,
dow n th e S pine for four or ve min u tte s then ove r

,
th e ab dominal re g io n f or t h ree minutes more n ish ,
in g wit h the applicatio n o ver t h e eyes and b ack O f

t h e n eck as outlined ab ove
,
.

I n all cas es two ,
or t h re e minutes inhalatio n O f
O zo n e after t h e hi gh fre qu ency treatment is desir
able or if p ossible th e p atient s h ould install a n
,
ozone machine i n h is O fce a n d also i n h is sleepin g

room so that h e is constantly b r eathing air char g ed
wit h a large amount of ozone IX ) ( S Chapter

. e e .
Whe n th e bloo d pressure is low a mild stimulating

applicati o n of mec h anical vib ratio n alon g t h e whole
S pine is indicated dwellin g somew h at lon g er o v er
,
th e b ack O f t h e n eck .
Br onchial A sthma .
( S e e A sthm a ) .
H IG H FREQU ENCY CURRENT S 1 87
Br on chi t is . H i g h fre que n cy cu r re n ts a r e useful

i n a cute bron c h itis but circumstances usually r e n de r
them unavailable . I f h owever the physicia n h as a
, ,
portable h i gh f r e que n cy outt a n d there is ele c

t r i c ity

i n t h e patie n t s ro om h e will n d that a r ea
,
s on ab l y s h arp sp a rk ove r th e ch e st and b ack u n til,
they are well redde n ed will g ive r elief ,

. This treat
ment may b e r ep eated every h our until su fcie n t
moderation Of congestion is obtained .
A n ozon e g enerator should b e placed i n t h e r o om

to ozo n ize th e ai r . This is really more importa n t
tha n t h e h i gh fre que n cy applicatio n .
I n c h ro n i c bro n chitis th e vacuum tub e may b e

used over t h e c h est a n d b ack as i n the acute form ,
.
At t h e prese n t time in conne ction wit h th e v acu
um tub e applicatio n general auto co n densatio n is -
employed E) . or it may b e applied lo cally

a ccordin g to t h e Plate glass metho d -
describ ed i n
Ch apter VI : H e r e ozone is a gain clearly i n dicated ,
t h e prefera b le met h o d b ein g ozo n ization of t h e air

i n t h e r oom w h e r e th e p atient sleeps or work s ; t h is
b ei n g sup erio r to t h e temp orary administ r atio n o f
Oi e e Treatments

ozo n e i n the physician s . s h ould
b e g iven daily at rst gradually droppi ng to two
,
or t h ree times a week .

H IGH FREQUENCY CURREN TS 1 89
tic ful g uratio n ( S e e Chapter VI ) A n aest h esia may

. .
b e n e cessary .
In Fi g 5 3
. is show n a case of ca n cer t r eated by D r .
Carreras by ful g uratio n , a small p ortable coil b ein g

employed . The middle picture was taken three
we eks after commencing treatment a n d the r i gh t
hand picture i n a n other thre e weeks .
Fig 5 3 C a n ce r T r e a t e d b y F u lgu r a t i o n T h r ee W ee k s
. .
T i me Be t wee n S uccess i v e P i c t u r es .
Cataract . In t h e early sta g es of cataract b enet

may be exp ected from th e hig h fr e que n cy curre n t i n
a reasonable p erce n ta g e of cases .
I t is applied accordi ng to t h e eye te c h nique g ive n

i n Ch apter V II . Five min ute daily treatme n ts with
not too great an i n tensity o f cur r e n t ; tub e in con
tact wit h t h e closed lids .
190 EB ERHART S MANU AL OF

Cat arrh of ( S e e Cystitis )

B l ad d e r . .
Ca t arr h of B o we ls ( S e e Colitis and Enteritis )

. .
Cat arrh of No se ( S e e Nasal Catarrh ; also Oze n a )

. .
Catarrh of W om b ( S e e Endom etritis ; also Ce r

v ic itis .
)
Ce llul itis . Th e red vacuum is preferable in treat
in g c ellulitis . A fter freely incising th e p arts to
establish drainage apply wet dressings and then use
,
the high fre quen cy current throu gh th e dressin g s

ve to seven minutes r ep eatin g fre que n tly , .
Occasionally in a n early stage the application Of
the high fre quen cy in co nn ection wit h a hi gh candle

power light may arrest the pro gress Of the trouble ;
but if it do es n ot do SO quickly t h e ab ove method
,
is advised .
In t h is instance t h e current is merely a n adjunct

,
to ou r usual methods .
Ce r e bral H e m orrhag e . Dr L M B owes wh o has

. . .
,
had a wide exp erience in th es e c as e s states ,
Th e prophylaxis consist s i n treatin g t h e u n derly

in g cause arteriosclerosis n ephritis chroni c alco , ,

h olism or syphilis which is des crib ed u n de r t h e
proper h eadin g .
Whe n there are prodromal i n dications Of h em

o r r h ag e headach es or dizziness i n on e w h ose a r te
HIGH FREQ U ENCY CU RRENr s
'
191
r ie S
are liable to r uptu r e t h e p atie n t should b e
placed i n b ed wit h t h e h ead r aised a n d feet lowe r ed .
I f t h ere is h yp e r tension auto co n densatio n or auto

-
conductio n is in dicated .
G ive a brisk purgati v e followed by an e n ema .
Durin g the attack t h e p atient should b e kept ab so
l u te l y i n th e p osition g iven above wit h an i ce cap

,
-
on the head and h eat applied to th e extremities .
Hot b aths should b e absolutely forbidden .
Th e absorption of th e extravasated blo od is pro

moted by th e us e of auto condensation -
or auto -
c on
ductio n c ombined wit h th e use O f small doses of the

io dides .
For th e p aralysis the treatment s h ould b e th e

same as outlined under the h eadin g o f p aralysis ,
re
me mb e r in g t h at only the weak muscles should b e

treated . I f the stron g muscles are t r eated the co n
tractions are liable to b e i n creased .
Ce rvi c al A d e ni t is .
( S e e Tub erculosis O f G lands ) .
Ce rv ici t i s . I n inammation O f t h e n eck of t h e

womb wit h ,
or without hyp erplasia the use O f t h e
,
hi g h fre qu en cy curre n t throu g h th e vagina is v ery

e e ctiv e .
Th e insulated va g inal tub e is employed and care

is take n to b e sure that it is in contact with the c er
H IGH FREQUENCY CURRENT S 19 3
Chan cr o id may b e treated wit h t h e sp ark from th e

vacuum tub e or by caustic fulguration . On e treat
ment S hould su ffice and is sup erio r t o acid cauter
iz ation . Take care not to apply to o lo n g . On e
half to one minute is usually su fcient . S ometimes
I place th e vacuum tub e over the chancroid wit h
two or three layers Of gauze b etween thus ,
u til iz
ing short but rath er thick sp a r ks . I n this instan ce

keep i n contact for ve mi n utes and r ep eat i n ei g ht
to twelve hours .
Where a soft chancre exists j ust wit h i n the

meatus ,
treat m ent by mea n s O f the end of an
urethral electrode is extremely satisfactory for ap
p arent reasons . Treat f or s even minutes and re
p eat twice a day in the start .
Chil b l ai ns . U se a vacuum tub e with a current

stren gt h capable of pro ducin g a quarter or h alf
inc h spark but keep the electrode in contact with
,
th e skin . I t may b e h eld steadily over the chilblain

or moved slowly ab out as desired . Treat for ten
minutes or until relief is manifest an d rep eat daily
or every other day until cured .
In connection t h e soakin g O f th e fo ot in a stro n g

s oluti on of a cetate of z in c ( tablespo o n ful to th e
q u art ) is advised .
19 4 EBERHART S MANUAL OF

I f a po r celai n b owl is used the high fre quency

elect r o de may b e placed i n the solution after th e
man n e r O f using the faradic curre n t .
Ch l oasma .
( Se e Moles Moth patch es etc )
,
-
,
.
Ch l oros is .
( S e e An emia and Chlorosis ) .
Ch o r e a . I n ch orea general treatment with a S h a r p

stimulati n g S park to th e S p i ne ,
ab domen and ex
tr e mitie s, taking ab out 15 mi n utes f or th e treatment
a n d r ep eatin g daily or every other day is advised ,
.
A uto condensatio n alon e

-
,
or in connectio n with
th e foregoing is indicated ; also mechanical v i b ra
,
tio n a n d ozon e .
Chr oni c Ul ce r s . U se at rst a s h arp s park from

the vacuum tub e to g et a stimulatin g e e ct whic h ,
is not only lo cally g ermicidal but also converts t h e ,
chronic conditio n i n to an a cute on e w h ich will h eal

r eadily . A fterwa r ds tr e at throu g h tw o or three
layers of gauze wit h a tub e in co n ta ct capable O f
, ,
givin g a quarter in c h spark -

.
Fulguratio n , with mild S park may b e employed .
Ci ca t ri ce s .
( S e e S ca rs ) .
Col d Ex
t r e mit ie s . I h ave in cluded this symptom
be caus e it is so common and b ecause th e high fr e
queney is rea l ly a n ideal treatment f or t h e condition .
HIGH FREQUENCY CURRENT S 19 5
Vacuum tu b e applicatio n s to t h e extremities to

t h e pro duction O f red n ess g ive a n immediate r esult .
In o r der t h at it may h ave a p erma n ent e ff ect a ,
to n ic dose alo n g t h e S p ine a n d ove r the ab dome n

is advised ; t h e t r eat ments to b e r epeated t hr ee t i mes
a wee k .
Diathermy i s also i n di cated ( S e e Ch apte r X I ) . .
Coli ti s ( I nammation of colo n mucous colitis )

.
,
.
This i s a conditio n w h ic h h as n ot yielded to o r di n ary

met h o ds but w h ic h h as pro ved sin g ularly ame n able
,
to t h e h i g h fre quen cy current .
S eve r al met h o ds Of employin g it h ave b ee n al most

equally e e c tu al . Th ey are :
1 . Th e vacuum tu b e with a curre n t i n te n sity
capable of emitti ng a half or three quarte r i n c h -
S p ark may b e p assed lig h tly over t h e b owel a r ea ,
eit h e r in co n ta ct wit h the S kin or th r ou g h the u n de r

clothin g . Duratio n fteen mi n utes
, . R epeat dail y
u n til improveme n t takes place a n d t h e n co n tinu e ,
three times a week until cured .
2 . Th e Tesla curre n t or th e direct D Ar son v al
( diathermy ) applied wit h on e electro de ove r t h e

bowel and the ot h er i n th e re ctum .
3 . A uto c on densatio n eit h er ge n eral

-
, or local 01

by the plate glass
-
met h od .
( S e e Chapter VI ) .
HIG H FR EQUENCY CURRENT S 19 7
and the ot h er in the re ctum . L o cal auto co n densa

-
D Ar sonv al

tio n commends itself an d the author s
surgings given with a pad or metal electro de o ver

abdomen will give motor e e cts
,
.
Co nval e s ce n ce . I n convales cenc e t h e ge n eral tonic

effe ct o f auto condensation -
E , or a mildly stim
.
u l atin g vacuum tub e S park to the whole body will ,
aid the p atient in re gaini n g stren gth .
Co rn e al Op ac it y . A pplications are made wit h the

eye tub e through th e closed li ds or may b e made
directly to t h e cornea taking care to have p erfect ,
electrical contact . Three to ten minutes at a treat

me n t fre quently rep eated
,
.
Co rn s .
( S e e Callouses ) .
Co ryza . F or cold i n the h ead a low va cuum tu b e

carryin g enough current to produce a h alf inch
sp ark is rubb ed over t h e outside of th e n ose alon g ,
th e supra orbital region a n d sides of th e fa ce

-
,
.
Ozone is inhale d directly from c ontact with t h e

tub e or by means o f an inhaler .
I ntra nasal application wit h th e nasal electrode

-
( S e e Fi gs 20 . and 21 ) is also advised .
'
Tw o or th r e e tr e atm e n ts a day may b e employed

if n ecessary .
19 8 EBERHARr s

MANUAL OF
Cystitis . The e e ct of v acuum tub e treatme n t

throug h t h e r ectum or ur e th a is r ema rk able i n
i n ammatio n O f t h e bladder .
In o n e case where ma n y clots o f blo od were p ass

i ng wit h th e urine a n d had b e en doi ng so fo r some
,
days it was gr eatly lesse n ed afte r th e rst treat

,
me n t a n d e n tirely disapp eared after th e seco n d .
Th e ur e th a was too s ensit ive to admit t h e sou n d

and the treatme n t was administered p er r ectum .
The tec hn i que fo r ur e th al or r e ctal applicatio n s

will b e fou n d i n Ch apter VII .
A seve n minute treatme n t is give n daily at rst

and t h e n eve r y ot h e r day . Tw o treatme n ts a day
may be employed if t h e physicia n thinks b est . I t is
remarkable h ow fast th e urine clea r s up i n n ea rly
all O f t h ese cases .
I n ac ute cases I always use th e r ectal tec hn ique

but i n Ol d c h ro n ic cases I altern ate w i t h t h e ure
thal met h od . In wome n th e va g inal tec hn ique is
used ;
L o cal treatment ove r the bladde r wit h the b ody
tub e is also b e n ecial o r diat h ermic cu r re n ts with
,
ele ctro de in rectum and pad o ve r bl adder . A bi

polar Tesla treatme n t may b e g iven in t h e same
manner .
Dandr uff .
( S e e S eb orrh ea ) .
D e af nes s . I n catarr h al deafness th e h i gh fr e
qu e n c y current in con n e ctio n wit h mec h a n ical vibra

tio n will yield remarkable r esults in n i n ety p er ce n t
of th e c ase s treated . Not that it may b e e x p e ct e d to
'
cure so lar g e a p er ce n t ; but the degree O f imp r ove

me n t will b e SO marked t h at b oth physician and
p atie n t will b e well satised . Th e ear tu b e is used
as outli n ed u n de r ea r tec hn ique i n Chapte r VII t h e ,
duratio n O f t h e t r eatment b ein g from tw o to seven

mi n utes a ccordin g
,
to th e toleration O f th e p atie n t .
Th e cur r e n t must n ot b e t oo S h a rp .
The s e n satio n O f h eat will b ecome so ma r ked t h at

the patie n t will tell y ou when to stop . I f he do es
not, do n ot carry the sea n c e b eyo n d seve n minutes ,
fo r eit h e r ea r .
Tw o t r eatme n ts a day are n ot t oo many in th e

start but this is s eldom practicable and we must
,
co n te n t ourselves wit h fr om t h ree to six p er week .
D iab e te s . I n th e earlie r use of h i g h frequency

cur r e n ts we were confronte d by a variety o f reports
r e g a r din g th e e e c tiv e n e ss of this treatment in dia
b etes ,
but eve n those wh o g ave adverse O pi n io n s
co n cern in g th e disappearance Of su g ar ,
admitted
H IGH FRE Q UENCY CURREN rs
'
201
On e case died in four weeks o n ly te n treatme n ts ,
b eing g ive n . Th e acetone i n creased a n d I predicted

death within two weeks . A sudde n a n d decided in
crease in acetone or its appearance whe n n one h as
b een present I regard as ,
an unf av o rab l e sign usu
ally i n d i ca ti ng a f at al t e rminatio n wi t h in two or
t hr e e w e e ks .
On e of my worst cases where th e p atient could

scarcely get to the Ofce f or treatment made suc h
a steady improvement t h at in ve months the sugar
h ad dropp ed fro m seve n and a h alf p er cent to one
an d three tenths p er cent h e had resumed work and
-
,
was g ainin g rapidly in wei g ht and I was absolutely ,
sure a complete cure would r esult w h en h e died ,
suddenly . Th e cause was apparently th e r esult of
a n ex cess in drinkin g ( which had b ee n forbidde n ) ,
raisin g th e bloo d pressure to th e p oint o f rupturi n g

on e o f t h e arteries in th e brain .
Treatments S hould b e give n daily at rst startin g ,
with B , and if improvement is not manifest

wit h in a week increasin g to twice that amount or
eve n mo r e . Th e only ex cep tion is w h ere t h ere is

an advanced case o f arteriosclerosis with marked
hyp ertrop h y Of the heart muscle when t h e blood,
pressure should n ot b e diminis h ed to o r apidly .

2 02 ERERHARr s

MANU AL OF
Whe n impro vement is pro n oun ced de crease the ,
dose a n d treat thre e times a wee k .
I n examinin g the uri n e th e total amount fo r

twenty fou r h ours must b e collected a n d measured
-
and a specime n from this examined ; otherwise a

test fo r the p erce n tage of sugar will b e valueless ,
fo r if half a dozen separate sp e cimens are exami n ed

i n a day t h ere will b e g ive n a n equal v ar i ety
, of
p erce n tages .
A s diab etes is app arently a disease resultin g from

disturbed or impaired metab olism it is entirely rea
sonable t o exp ect b e n et from the administratio n o f
auto co n de n satio n
-
.
I do n ot enfo r ce a r igid diet but a regulated , on e .
Ot h er op erators have employed in place of the

auto co n densatio n
-
a vacuum tub e sp ark ove r th e
abdomina l area . Many nd t h e X ray -
of decided
value exposin g over t h e live r
, .
D iarr he a . On e author says ,

A fte r prelimi n ary
tre atment of the ca n al or b ein g assured th at n o
foreign matter rema i ns in it ,
apply to n ic dosa g e
of high frequency current o ver th e region of th e
solar plexus ,
stomach ,
intestin es liver a n d spinal
,
n erves I n ote that h e advises esse n t ially the same

.

met h od fo r co n sti p atio n .

H IG H FREQ UENCY CuRREN rs
'
2 03
A s few cases of diarrhe a come u n de r t h e treat

me n t o f the electro th erapist I am n ot able -
to g ive
a de n ite O pinion but would thi n k a prolo ng ed but
,
so ot h i n g treatment ove r th e abdominal o rg a n s pref

crable . In hibitive vib ratio n I kn ow to b e effective
and would a dvise it i n co n ju n ctio n .
D rug A d di ction s . I n d ru g h abits I h a v e foun d

more b e n et from vibratio n than from h i gh f r e
qu e n cy currents but th e latter may b e used co n
,
j oi n tly . I n al c o h olism a s h a r p stimulati ng spark

,
o ve r liver s olar plexus a n d ft h

,
to n i n t h do r sal
spinal ce n ters is advise d ; also auto co n de n satio n -
,
E repeate d thre e to six times p er we ek , p r o

.
vid e d bloo d pressure is hig h

-
( I t is usually )
. .
In th e coc aine habit use mild vacuum tu b e treat

me n t to soles of feet ; and to arms and le g s to th e
po in t of mar k ed r eddenin g . I f bloo d p r essure is -
low use stimulatin g sparks to the S pi n e ; if h i g h g ive

auto co n de n satio n In morp hin e o r opium use rs
-
.
give S h arp stimulatin g S park ove r liver a n d sola r

plex u s wit h auto c onde n satio n or S pi n al sparks ac
,
-
co r di ng to w h et h e r th e blo od pressure is h i gh or -
low .
In all o f t h es e h ab its t r eat insomni a co n stipatio n ,
or oth er a ccompa n yi n g symptoms as advised u n der

those h eadi ng s .
An other metho d has b een th e use of a at elec

trode over th e mastoid .
Ear D ise ases . Th e pri n cip al diseases of the c ar
which are b enete d by high fre quency curre n ts are

catarrhal deafness ,
tinnitus aurium ,
a n d ch r onic
middle ear a e c ti on S p Th e metho d of treatin g eac h
of t h ese is give n under its appropriate h eadin g .
Ecz e m a . I n the treatment o f eczema the h ig h fr e

queney is an invaluable adjunct to the X ray , but -
may b e used indep endently Of it with successful re

'
su l ts . Th is dise as e reacts to the X r ay -

ve ry qu i ck l y
so that care must b e use d in the numb er and len g t h
Of exp osures . Th e h ig h fre quency is applied accord
in g to the techni que describ ed i n Chapter VI under ,
S ki n diseases where th e b o dy tub e o r the tub e shown

,
in Fi g . 21, NO 1 1 is use d with a sufcient amount

.
,
of current to pro duc e a sp ark from on e -

fourth to
three fourths of a n in ch in length but durin g th e

-
,
greater p art of the treatme n t it is kept in lig h t c on
tact with the surface o r th e treatment is applied ,
throu g h a layer of gauze .
Where th ere is intense itc h in g it is found th at

raisin g th e tub e to produce a mo derately s h arp
S park proves quickly e ff ective a n d is v e r y a g reeable
to t h e patient . AS with t h e X ray we must b e care
-
2 06 EBERHARr

s MANU AL OF
ful and n ot treat t h e case to o lo n g at o n e S itting .
From two or th r e e to eight minutes daily or th r ee

times a week is advised ; th e S horter treatme n ts
should b e given when used i n co nn ectio n wit h th e
X ray
-
. On e of the hi g h fre que n cy X ray tub es made
-
to hold and apply to the surfa ce I n a ma n ne r simi

lar to that of t h e ordi n ary v acuum tub e would un
doubtedly b e esp e cially s atisfacto r y i n thes e cas es .
A n ozone spray ( se e Chapte r IX ) is r e commended

wh e n available .
En l ar g e d P rost rate .
( S e e P r ostatic D iseases ) .
En dom e t ri t is . Treat same as ce r vicitis .
En t e ri t is . I n enteritis of a c h ro n ic character h i gh
fre quen cy currents may b e exp ected to b e n et i n
the same wa y that th ey b enet all cata r rh al condi
tions . In acute for ms th ere is a question whet h er
the current is of su fcient v alue to warra n t its em
ployme n t whe n th ere are so man y o th e r agencies of
equal or g reater e ff e ctive n ess that are more easily

resorted to .
Th e treatme n t advise d would b e to n ic applicati on s

ove r th e ab domen with t h e vacuum tub e a n d a mild
spark ; or local auto co n de n sation t hr ee to six treat
-
,
ments p e r week ,
of te n minutes eac h .
H I G H FREQUENCY CURREN TS 2 07
Ep id id ymi t is . In a cute forms a v ac iIu m ele ctro de

applied wit h mild cur r e n t and held in co n tact wit h
th e area involved or th e use of diathermy is ad
vised . I n eith er case a te n mi n ut e applicatio n

-
re
'
p e ate d in two o r t h r e e h ou r s until r elief is obtai n ed .
I n t h e c hr onic form t h e same m et h od is employed .
Th e treatme n ts are th e n g ive n daily or thre e times

a week .
Th e X -
ray is very e ff ective in thes e cases b ut o n ,
a ccount of its tenden cy to p ro duce sterility it is ,
s ometimes obj e cted to . Th e surroundin g p a r ts

should b e protecte d by a lead s h ield or th e t r eat
ment may b e applie d t hr oug h on e of t h e n ar r ow
tubes or sp eculums connected wit h a tub e s h ield .
In my exp erie n ce w h ere th ere has b ee n any c on
s id e r ab l e i n ammatio n of t h e epididymis t h at , S ide

is already inactive and t h e r e is n o sp e cial reaso n
,
to h esitate ab out using t h e X ray -

.
Epil e p sy . Th e h i gh fre que n cy current in con n e c

tion wit h the X r ay h as b een used in treatin g epi
-
lepsy with a n umb er of appa r ent cures accordin g

to s everal autho r s . The met h o d employed is the use
of a medium or h ig h vacuum X ray tub e placed at-
,
te n inc h es a n d used for ve or ten minutes followed ,
by vacuum tub e application ove r t h e b rai n ,

an d
H IG H FREQUENCY CURRENT S 2 09
used ac cordin g
,
to th e va ginal technique des cribed
in Chapter V II takin g care ,
to brin g t h e tub e i n
conta ct with the cervix . Th e tre atment should last
for seven minutes and may b e r ep eated daily or
every other day as desired ,

. Diath ermy h as b ee n
used in these cases ,
th e patie n t holdin g a metal
electro de conne cted to t h e othe r p ole . No treatme n t
should b e give n durin g me n struatio n .
Ex o ph thalmi c G o i t r e .
( S e e G oitre ) .
Eye D i s e as e s . Th e sp ecialist will n d t h e h i gh

freque n cy current a very valuable adj un ct to h is
armamentarium . F ox , in 1 9 07 , r eport ed o n e h u n
dred cases of blep h aritis mar g inalis treated wit h out
a sin gle failure . My own exp erience i n t h is disease
datin g back to 1 9 02 will b ear t h is ou t . Ir itis ,
retinitis atrophy of opti c n erve co n j u n ctivitis tra

, , ,
c h o ma ,
glaucoma ,
incipie n t cataract ,
p aralysis o f
o cular muscles ,
intra o c ul ar h emo rrh age have all
-
bee n treated by high fre quency currents . The Sp e
c ial tec hn ique f or each of th ese diseases is given

under th e appropriate h eadin g .
Favus . Th is condition whic h yields so n icely t o

the X ray is also amenable to treatme n t by hi gh
-
fre que n cy . A spark is employed as s h a rp as the

2 10 EBERHARr s

M ANUAL or
patient will tolerate for from t h re e to ve mi nutes ,
thre e times a we ek .
Fissu r e ( A nal ) . SO ma n y r eports of successful

results in a n al ssure h ave b ee n made that t h e r e
seems to b e n o doubt of its e fcacy . I t h as always
been my Op l Il l OIl that as mu ch b enet was deri v ed
from the stretchin g O f th e p arts as from t h e h eal
in g e e e t of t h e cur r ent . The r ectal vacuu m tub e
is employed as directed in Chapter VII a n d a s eve n
minute treatme n t is given from t hr ee to six times
p er week .
Fl abby Br e asts . I t is claimed by Mo n ell t h at a

stimulatin g application with th e vacuum tub e to th e
relaxed n ipple of the abby breast will immediately
S h ow its b e n ecial e ff e ct .
Fr on t al S in usit i s. ( S e e S inusitis ) .
Furuncul os is . I n treati ng b oils a mild spark from

th e vacuum tub e is employed ove r the a ff ected a r e a
for ten o r fte e n mi n utes . Th e treatme n t may b e
rep e ated two or three times a day if op erato r nds
it advisable . I t is well to cover a reaso n a b le a r ea
surrou n din g th e b oil i n order to p r e v ent r ecu r
renees if th e b oil is dis charg in g
, . An ot h e r met ho d
is to use th e fulguratio n point wit h a s h arp S p ark
f or a few seconds . This freque n tly aborts a boil
HIGH FREQUENCY CU RRENr s
'
2 11
if employed in the early stages . Operators us in g

the Tesla coil h ave told me t h at they obtai n b ette r
results when the patient is directly attac h ed to o n e
p ole of the machine and th e g rounded vacuum tu b e
or metal p oi n t h eld withi n a sho r t dista n c e of th e
surface treated thus drawi n g t h e
,
S pa r ks f r om t h e
S kin ( i n direct sp arks ) .
Ope n b oils heal r eadily under a n applicatio n O f

the ozon e S pray .
G astri t is . In c h ronic g astritis t h e h i gh fr e que n cy

treatme n t indicated is lo cal or g e n e r al auto co n densa
-
tion ,
or th e met h ods may b e followed w h ic h a r e
give n u n der atonic dilatation of the stomac h .
Ge nito-ur inary D ise ase s . Th e g e n ito u r ina r y dis

-
eases i n whi c h t h es e cur r e n ts h ave proved useful

include go n orrh ea g leet prostatitis cystitis o r c h i
, , , ,
tis st r icture etc

, ,
. Th e dire ctio n s fo r treatme n t will
be fou n d under these va r ious h eadings .
G l au coma . As t h is co n ditio n is usually asso ciated

wit h high blo od pressure as well as hyp e r te n sio n i n
the eye ball t h e use
-
,
of auto condensatio n
-
to
E daily t o reduce bloo d pressu r e n atu r ally

.
su g g ests itself a n d it was fo r t h is reaso n that I rst

employed h i gh fre que n cy curre n ts .
HIGH F REQUENCY CURRENT S 2 13
cou n t of t h e risk in usin g the latter I h ave ab a n ,
d on e d it of late years and n d hi gh fre que n cy cu r

r ents eve n more effective .
Cases are cured frequently i n from te n to twe n ty

treatments ; o ccasionally it has ta k e n more t h a n
twice th e latter n umbe r .
Goi t r e . I n simple g oitre th e h i gh f r e que n cy cu r

rent is applied with t h e vacuum tub e ,
usin g a n
intensity cap able of pro ducin g a h alf or t h ree qua r
-
ter i n c h sp ark
-
.
Th e tub e should b e kept in li g ht contact wit h t h e

surfac e of th e skin treatin g t h e sides of t h e n eck
,
as well as o ver th e g oitre its elf . A fte r ve mi n utes

of this treatment raise the tub e and use as sharp a
,
S park as th e patient will p ermit fo r two or t h ree

minutes .
Th e X -
r ay is used always i n co nn ectio n wit h t h e
h i g h fre quen cy and mecha n ical vibration also A bout .
on e -
h alf of th e cases are cured .
I n exop h thalmic g o itre the r esults are muc h b etter

than in S imple g oitre .
The vacuum tub e is employed i n t h e same man n er

f ollowed by auto condensatio n -
,
E X ray and
.
-
vibratio n r ecomme n ded .

2 14 EBER HART S MANU AL OF

Gon orrh e a . In a cute gonorr h ea in t h e male t h e

current is markedly b e n ecial . I f t h e ca n al is n ot
too sensitive the ure th al vacuum tub e may b e used ,
but this is seldom p ossible .
A met h o d in vo gue ab r oad is to wrap t h e p e n is

in wet cotton or gauze a n d wrap lead or ti n foil
-
arou n d it which is co nn e cted

,
to the r eso n ato r or to
D Ar son val

the Tesla coil o r used with dire ct
,
cu r
r ent ( diathe r my ) .
An other metho d is to us e a g lass tub e co n tai n i ng

b oric acid solution and havin g a metal b ottom to
which the connecting cord is attac h ed .
A daily treatment S hould b e g iven and I h ave n ot ,
hesitated to g ive as many as th r e e in on e day i n

some insta n ces .
In the female th e vagi n al tub e i s used or th e

va g ina may b e p acked wit h moist g auze a n d a me
tall ic electrode attache d to t h e gauze .
U sual metho ds of treatment may b e ca r ried out in

con n ection wit h th e h igh freque n cy .
I n sub acute
-
or c h ronic fo r ms th e va cuum tub e
met h od is preferable in eit h er sex . In me n treat ,
!
me n t th r ou g h the re ctum is eff ective .
Th e precise actio n of high frequency in t h ese cases

is still i n doub t . I t may b e t h e g e r micidal e ff ect of
H I G H FREQUENCY CU RRENI s

2 15
the ozo n e lib erated o r t h e inc r eased leucocytosis

,
es
t ab l ish e d . With tub es o f hi gh va cuum t h e c h emica l

rays emitted a r e entitle d to credit .
Gout . A uto c o n de n sation

-
or auto conductio n is
-
th e h ig h fre que n cy treatment fo r g out as i n all ,
diseases r esulti ng from disturb ed metab olism . Th e

uri ne is foun d to h a v e imme diately a n in creased
amou n t of urea while t h e excessive uric a cid r apidly
,
de creases to n ormal .
to E daily . or thre e times a week is

a p r op er dosa g e . A sli g ht a gg ravatio n of pai n may
b e present after t h e rst few t r eatme n ts fo r w hi c h ,
reason I sometimes sta r t wit h a smalle r dose a n d

g rad ually in crease .
No treatments s h ould b e g ive n duri ng a n acute

attack . Ar e lig h t or ele ctric li g ht b at h s a r e b e n e
c ial in any sta g e .
Where the vacuum tub e is applied i n t h ese cases ,
it s h ould b e kept i n close contact wit h t h e skin ,
avoidin g all sparking . I ndirect spar k du r i ng auto

condensation is very bene cial .
Gray Hair . I discovered accidentally t h e actio n

, ,
which th ese currents have in restorin g t h e n atural

colo r to gray hair . This appare n tly is n o t limited to
p remature g rayn ess .
H IGH FRE Q U EN CY CU RRENTs 2 17
My rst discovery of the restorative e ffect

on
gray hair came ab out i n a n accidental ma n ner .
I was treating a woman who se h ai r was falli ng

ou t very rapidly ,
employin g bot h hi gh f r e quen c y
current and vibration . H e r h air was very black ,
but sprinkled o ve r h e r h ead we r e th r ee o r fou r

dozen g ray hairs which were esp e cially co n sp icuous
by contrast . S he asked me if it would do a n y h arm
to pull out the white hairs a n d I told he r that as
,
long as she was losin g so much h air a n yway s h e , ,
might as well pull ou t th e obj e ctionable g ray ones .
A fter ab out two months of treatme n t the h air

had practically ceased fallin g ou t and I n oticed t h at
there were scarcely any g ray hairs . I t h ou g ht she
had b een pullin g them out and said so . W h en she
replied that she had b ee n afraid to d o this despite
my p ermission I said ,
to h er that th e treatment must
b e restorin g the color and p r oceeded to i n vesti g ate .
Th e ndin g O f a few h airs w h ite at t h e upp er end

an d dark for a varyin g distanc e n ext to the scalp
convinced me absolutely that my surmise was co r
rect . From that time on I have employed h i g h fre
queney currents i n all o f these cases th at h ave come
u n der my care .
2 18 EBERHART s

MANU AL OF
For a long time I b elieved t h at only in p r ema

tu r e ly g ray hair any improvement could b e ex
p te
e c d, but a r ece n t case makes me t h i nk t h at if
patient and physician are sufcie n tly p erseve r i ng ,
results may b e obtained in ma n y in stances w h ere

t h e g ray hair is the n atu r al r esult of adva n cin g
years .

Th e case r eferred to Is on e i n w h ic h I ha v e fo r
somew h at over a year and a half b ee n t r eati ng a
very stubb or n cas e of lupus ,
S ituated b e h i nd the left
ear . Th e p atient a ma n in t h e fties has g ray h ai r
, ,
which can s carcely b e called premature .
Th e treatment for s everal mo n t h s co n siste d i n

an applicatio n of h i g h fre quency S parks six days a
week preceded every other day by exposu r e to th e
,
X rays ; and eve n n ow that the p atie n t is n ea r ly

-
cured h e is still r eceivin g tw o suc h t r eatme n ts a

week .

R ecently I n oticed th at arou n d t h e ea r wh e r e I
had b ee n applyi ng t h e sp arks the r e was a b a n d of
dark brow n hair about an inc h i n widt h
-
. I t h oug h t
possibly this was SO all around t h e mar g i n o f t h e
hair but found it did
,
n ot exist except over t h e area
.
receiving t h e hi gh fre quency spa r ks and a r efere n ce ,
to a pictu r e o f t h e ma n take n w h en treatme n t was

H IGH FREQUENCY CURREN TS 2 19
b egu n s h ows t h at at that time t h ere was n o appa r e n t

di ff ere n ce i n t h e S h ade of the h ai r at t h is p oi n t .
A ll O f this bri ng s me to t h e con clusio n t h at g ray

hair must b e e n tirely a result of distur b ed n ut r itio n ,
p rev e n tin g the carryin g i n to t h e h ai r of t h e p i g me n t

that gives it its color . This pi gment ca r ryi ng p r op
-
e r ty , i n all prob ab ility depe n ds la rg ely up o n t h e

,
n atural electrical currents whic h t r av erse various

tissues and w h ich wh e n in te r f e r r e d wit h i n t h e h air
result i n g rayness .

L ayin g aside t h eory r esults tell a n d i t i s e asy
, ,
for a n yo n e to prove the trut h o f my stateme n ts .
The o n ly drawb ack is the comp a r atively lo ng time

re quired . S ome cases S how results i n two or t hr e e
mo n ths but six months is n eare r t h e avera g e
, .

In the case of n aturally g ray h ai r I fea r few
patients could b e kept unde r tre atment lo ng e n ou gh ,
since i n t h e i n stance cited a yea r and a h alf elapsed

,
b efore th e chan ge was n oticed .

The metho d w h ic h I h ave employed is r st to
use a rubb er brus h or so ft rubb er va cuum cup on a
vib r ato r and fo r t h ree or fou r minutes t h orou gh ly
massage th e scalp ; stroki n g f r om t h e ed g e of th e
scalp i n ward toward the ce n te r of t h e c r o wn of t h e .
h ead ,
or else usin g shOr t circula r strokes a n d grad
HIGH FREQUENCY CURRENT S 22 1
sides of nose .
( I ntra n asal
-
with sp ecial tub e is ad
vised in
certain cases ) .
Hai r Fall ing Th e v acu u m tub e applied as de

, . ,
scribed under scalp te chni que i n Chapter VII ,

es
p e c i all y in conju n ctio n with vibration is very , e f

f e c tiv e where the hair is
( S e e A lop ecia ) fallin g ou t . .
Hay Fe v e r ( Periodic H yperesthetic Rh i n itis )

. .
Many rep orts h ave b een made of the favorable in

u e n c e of high frequency in these cases . Direct ap
plicatio n s to t h e n os e wit h the nasal vacuum tub e

and mild current also usi n g any suitable tub e to
,
stroke over the n ose externally as in nasal catarrh ,
is th e customary technique with tonic sp i nal treat

ment or auto -
con de n sation as indicated .
I nhalatio n s of ozo n e are of eve n greater import

ance or still b etter o zonizin g the air of t h e room .
Th e p atient should b e examined fo r e n larged tur

b in ate s or nasal p olypi and if found t h ey S hould b e
r emoved .
The h yperestheti c areas in the mucous membra n e

s h ould b e destroyed . Ful guration sp arks may b e
used f or this purpose altho u g h I see n o adva n ta g e
,
over customary measures .
H e ad ach e s . Frontal or co n gestive h eadac h es are

relieved by usin g th e vacuum tub e wit h an i ntensity

cap able of p r oducin g a h alf o r t h ree quarte r inch -
spark and by p assin g t h e tub e b ack a n d fo r t h over

th e seat of p ai n .
Fig .
A e a s
54 r W h e r e H e a d a c h es O ccu r .
Keep the tub e i n loose co n ta ct and prolon g th e

treatment until relief takes place w h ic h will b e ve
, ,
eig h t or o ccasio n ally te n mi nutes .

HIG H FRE Q UENCY CU RREN rs
'
223
I nhibitive v ibratio n i n conne ctio n is advised b ei ng ,
fully as e ff ective as hi g h fre que n cy .
Only temp ora r y r elief may b e exp e cted in toxic

headac h es or in r eex h eadac h es from or g a n ic dis
eases unless th e u n derlyin g cause is ascertai n e d an d
treated .
In Fi g 5 4, . take n f r om my Vib r ato r y Te c hn ique ,
the areas where h eadac h es o ccur are outli n ed . This

will b e useful i n su ggestin g the prob able li n e of
treatme n t .
H eadach es at A or B are co n gestive or fro n tal .
A t A t h ey may c ome from errors In r efr actio n ;

frontal sinus disease or n asal diseas e . S tomac h dis
eases also fre quently cause p ai n at A . Co n stip a
tio n A B -
. D ecay of fro n t te et h A B -
. A n emia ; en
d ome tr it is ; bladder diseasesMiddle ear dis

,
C .
eas e ; throat disease ; eye diseas e ; de cayed teet h D E ,

-
.
Womb disease ; spi n al irritatio n ; n ervousness E ,

.
Ovarian r eex pains usually at C and E Ne u r as .
th eni c h eadach es involve t h e back O f t h e n eck .
H e ar t D is e ase . On e aut h o r says : Tesla currents

are ofte n of great value i n or g a n ic heart diseas e i n
assistin g nature to establis h comp e n s atio n . In later
sta g es wh e n compensation fails th e cur r e n t is p al
H IGH FREQUENCY CU RREN rs
'
22 5
The tub e should b e capable of deliverin g a quarter ,
half or t h ree quarte r inc h S p ark but should b e used

-
,
i n loose co n tact with the surface or throu gh a layer

or two of gauze . Treatme n t should b e applied to
the n erves supplyin g th e a r ea . R ep eat the applica
t io n daily as lon g as required . Tw o to four treat
ments ordi n arily are sufcient .
Me cha n ical vibration advised a n d ozon e Inhala

tio n s for their tonic e ff ect .
Hig h B lo od P r es sur e .
( S e e Hyp erte n sio n ) .
Hyp e r es th e tic Rhin itis .

( Se e H ay F ever .
)
Hyp e rt e nsi o n
( H i g h B loo d
. Pressure ) This .
symptom is the most common on e accompanying

arterios cle r osis a n d the technique
,
of treatment is
give n un der t h at h eadi ng .
Th e technique of taki n g th e blo od pressure is de

scribed i n Ch apte r V I .
H i gh bloo d pressure always calls f or auto coude n

-
satio n ,
or auto co n ductio n
-
. I t al so co ntra indicates -
th e applicatio n o f s h arp stimulat in g sparks to th e

spi n e as thes e te n d
,
to r aise it still more .
Hyp ote ns ion( L ow B loo

. d Pressure ) In this co n .
dition we h ave the O pposite t o the pre cedin g head

ing and the treatment i n dicated is sharp
,
sti mu l at

in g sparks to th e spine and solar plexus while auto ,
conduc tion or auto condensation

-
is theoretically
con tra indicated altho u gh with
-
,
l ow pressure it does
Fig . 5 4a P or t a b l e Ou t t .
n ot seem necessarily to lower it dep endin g o n the ,
pulse pressure ( S e e Chapte r V I ) .
Hyste ri a Many op erato r s have reported success

.
ful r esults i n hysteria . A uto conde n sa tio n should b e

-
used if bloo d pressure is n ormal or ab ove .

I f th e pressure is b elow normal as is often the ,
case sharp vacuum tub e sparks to spine and abdo

,
me n are advised .
Imp e tig o . Treat accordi n g to the technique given

f or acne vulgaris .
Imp ot e n ce . Th e metho d of treating this condi

tion is by means of th e vacuum electrode . Use the
body or prostatic tub e with enou gh current to pro
duce S park one quarter -
or one half inch long
-
or
mo r e .
Keep t h e tub e in lo ose contact with the S IIr f ac e

'
while it is passed back and forth over genitals ,

in
gui n al and blad der region and to the lower half of
t h e S pi n e .
Wit h the S pinal application raise the electrode to

get reaso n ably stimulatin g sparks .
S ometimes a sp ecial electro de is used which takes

in the g enitals ,
or th ey may b e i mmersed in b oric
a cid solutio n or water in a glass or porcelain vessel ,
D A r son v al
current ( d iath e r

an d on e pole of th e
mic ) in co n tact wit h the uid while th e other elec ,
trode is in th e patient
s ha n d or applied to his back .
Te n minute treatments daily . R ectal applicatio n s

fo r seve n minutes a r e O fte n b e n ecial .
HIGH F REQUENCY CU RREN rs
'
229
Th e tec h nique w h ic h I have found to b e most

satisfactory h as b ee n t h e use of a vacuum tub e with
sufcie n t cur r e n t to p r o duce a qua rter o r half i n ch -
spark w h ic h is kept i n lig h t co n tact wit h t h e back

,
of t h e h ead a n d n ec k for ab out ve mi n utes fol ,
lowed by t h re e o r four mi n utes

applicatio n over
t h e eyeb r ows .
A fte r t h is auto co n de n satio n

-
to E . I
always use vibratio n in co nn ectio n with hi gh fr e
queney and ozo n e is i n dicated .
Patie n ts O fte n fall asleep while takin g auto con -
de n satio n i n fact w h e n usi ng t h is metho d fo r ot h er

,
co n dit i o n s you will O fte n n d you r p atie n ts askin g

what i t is that makes t h em so sleepy .
I h ave cu r e d so ma n y a gg ravated and s e v e r e cases

of i n somn i a wit h t h ese measu r es t h at I am in cli n ed
to b elieve t h e r e S hould b e n o failu r es .
On e of th e worst cases I ha v e encountered was

that o f a ma n who fo un d it necessary ,
on accoun t
of th e sudde n deat h of his brot h er to wor k n i g h t
,

afte r n i gh t u n til two o r three o clo ck in the mor n in g
i n o r de r to g et t h roug h wit h h is business . This and

the sho c k of h is brot h er s deat h ( h e was k illed by
a car ) caused suc h a state o f mi n d and body t h at
2 30 EBERHARr

s MANUAL OF
when it b ecame possible f or him to take plent y of

time to sleep it was found that sleep was impossible
,
.
A t the time I unde r to ok his treatment all of the

customary measures h ad b ee n exh austed and p ower
5 4b Ne w T y p e of Hi gh F r e q ue n c y Co i l .
ful n a r cotics o n ly g ave a t r ansient respite ; i n sho r t ,

grave fears for t h e ma n s mi n d were entertained .
I refused to take th e case unless the patie n t agreed

to ta k e daily t r eatme n ts fo r six wee k s . I t was w i t h
H IGH FREQUENCY CU RRENT S 231
i n three or four days of the e n d of this time b efore

a n y improvement was manifested but the seco n d ,
cours e of treatments c overin g th e same lengt h

,
of
time e n tirely cured h im

,
.
I nte stinal Indig e s ti on . With imperfect i n testina l

di gestion we h ave indican present in the urine .
A uto condensation
-
,
either general or lo cal ,
will
cure these cases . Th e te chnique outlined un der
ato n ic dilatatio n of th e stomach is e qually useful
here Th e sinusoidal current also has cured man v
.
cases .
Th e administration O f suitable dru g s do es n ot con
ic t in th e least with th e electrical treat m ent . Th e
diet S h ould b e regulated carefully .
Intr a-oc u l ar H e mo rrhag e s . Th e high fre quency

curre n t is applied t h rou g h th e eye electrode in c on
tact wit h t h e closed lid f or v e minutes .
The bloo d pressure is always h i gh in these cases

a n d calls for auto co n densatio n -
,
to E .
D aily treatme n ts .
Ir itis . Tre at as outlined u n der eye te ch n iu e ,
Ch apte r VII . Th e curre n t relieves the pain and re
duces t h e i nammation .
H IG H FREQUENCY CU RRENr s
'
233
This I still co n sider true of vacuum tub e app l ica

tio n s ( ex cept or icial ) but some experime n ts wit h
,
auto co n de n satio n h ave co n vi n ced me that i n it we

-
have a valuable aid i n this disease . E is the

.
dose .
Th e followi ng case of sple n ic leukemi a in a n early

sta ge as show n by t h e blo o d cou n t at the be g i nn in g
,
of th e applications a n d a gai n a short time later is ,
on e o f th e ar g uments that w on my advo cacy of the

t r eatme n t .
Ja n uary 2 9 , 1 9 1 0, blo od ex ami n atio n showed

000 red cells hemo globin ,
white cells ,
color index ,
9 . B esides variatio n s in
t h e p r oportio n of n o r ma l w h ite cells t h ere we r e ma n y
poi k ilo cyt es a n d O f myelocytes .
Jun e 3 , 1 9 10, t h e r ed cells h ad i n c r e a

sed to
000 h emo g lobin ,

w h ite c ells ,
colo r in dex ,
1 . Poikilo cytes a n d myelo cyt es
e n tirely abse n t .
I b elieve t h e X r ay is t h e b est r emedy we possess

-
i n alte rn at i o n wit h a r se n ic a n d t h e r e is n o r easo n,
w h y auto co n de n satio n s h ould n ot b e employed with

-
b ot h .
L iche n P l anus . U se a vacuum tub e i n loose con

tact wi t h t h e lesio n followi n g th e g eneral tech n ique
,

outlined u n der S kin Diseases in Chapter V I . X -

r ay
in connection .
L ich e n R ubra has yielded to the same treatme n t

as that for lichen pla n us .
Li t h e mia .
( S e e G out )
.
L ocomotor A t axia
( Tab es D orsalis ) R elief O f
. .
pain and improvement in gait is ac complished in

many cases of lo comoto r ataxia . I always employ
heavy S pinal vibration in conn ection with hi g h fr e
qu e n cy . A pparent cures in o ccasional cases where

even the pupillary reex has returned h as caused
me to b elieve that we sometimes dia gnose cases o f
mult i ple n euritis as tab es .
In multiple n euritis we h ave absenc e of the k n ee

j e r k and if t h e n er ves of t h e eye wer e i n volved
,
loss o f pupillary r eex and diplopia mi g ht b e pres

ent ,
w h ic h would appare n tly indicate lo comoto r
ataxia as th e latter is t h e more frequently met with
,
.
This w ould also account f or cases in w h ich n o evi

d e n ce s of s y p h ilitic i n fection a r e O btai n e d .
In ge n ui n e cases o f tab es a cu r e n eed not be looked

f or by t h is or any other metho d that we are at p r es
ent acquainted with but marked relief i s n ot
,
un
usual .
H IGH FRE Q UENCY Cu RRENr s 235
I use as S harp as the p atient will tolerate ,
along the sp ine over butto cks ab d omen a n d to the

, ,
back o f the legs followed by ten or more minutes

,
on the auto conde n sation couch

-
or pad ,
E .
Fig . 5 4c
P o r t a b l e O u t t w i th Tw o In d uc t o r s .
A nesthet i c areas call for s ho r t stimulatin g ap p l i
catio n s of the S park and also of me chanical vibra

t i on , \ w h il e hyperesthetic places will call f or pro
lon ged applications of mild sparks a n d vibratio n .
H IGH FREQU ENCY CURRENT S 2 37
Lup us In lupus t h e Fi n se n li g ht a n d the X r ay

.
-
are probably sup e r io r to high freque n cy but it has ,
b ee n so successful t h at it should b e employed i n con

n e c tion wit h t h e X r ay -
.
Th e tech n i que consists i n the use of a sharp spark

to get its escharotic e ff ect Caustic fulguratio n may
.
b e used as this is essentially the actio n o f a sharp

,
vacuum tub e spar k .
Nodules a r e successfully destroyed by this method .
S ometimes it is desi r able to ke ep a tub e of con

s id e r ab l e inte n sity i n lig h t co n tact with the lupus
instead of employi ng t h e S h arp spar k .
Whe n ful g u r atio n is employed await the result of

on e treatment b efore a n ot h e r is g ive n
,
.
Whe n a s h ort applicatio n of

the S p ark is made
it may b e used afte r eac h X r ay treatment -
.
Th e us e o f carb o n dioxide snow is a quick and

satisfactory met h o d of treati ng lupus .
Mas toi ditis .

( Mastoid abs cess ) Ordinarily I .
would co n side r it unwise to resort to any method

outside of su rg ery for mastoid abscess .
I h ave succe eded in a few cases with the X ray -

,
and i n a g o o d many h a v e employed the ray afte r

O pe r atio n w h e r e the latter was n ot wholly succes s
,
ful a n d obtai n ed ex celle n t results and in these cases

I made use also of t h e h ig h fr eque n cy current in
connectio n with t h e r ay .
23 8 EBERHART S MA NU AL

OF
A S p ecial tub e f or the mastoid is illustrated in

F i g 2 2 ( the upp er tub e )
. .
Th e following quotation from S tron g is p erti n ent

I n a s evere case of mastoid abscess with cerebral
and pyemic symptoms a vigorous thirty minute
,
-
treatment with th e white vacuum electrode applied

externally and a metal electro de in the mouth of
th e p atient pro duced an absolute disp ersion of the
,
a cute manifestations the p atient S leepin g naturally

,
inside of ve hours Th e next day the pus was with

.
drawn ,
and althou gh cover glass prep arations -
showed countless numb ers of strepto co cci and staph

y l ococci but a few s cattered colonies were O btained
,

in a plate culture on n utrient gelatin .
Me n o paus e H igh fre que n cy currents are p ar t icu

.
l ar l y suited to alleviatin g th e various nervous sy mp

toms t h at accomp any chan ge Of life .
Th e most satisfactory metho d is auto condensation -
E three times a week

. .
I n the absence of an auto condensation couch -
m ake ap plication with a mild sp ark alon g th e spine ;

to the ba ck of the head an d n eck ; and over the
abdominal organs takin g fteen or twenty mi n utes
,
for th e treatment .
S pecial symptoms that are present call for the

treatme n t outlined under the appropriate h eadin g ,
suc h as constipation headach e etc , ,

.
Me n o rrhagi a .
( Se e Metrorrhagia ) .
Me t r o rrhagi a Treatment
this co n ditio n has
. of
been successfully a ccomplished throu gh the intro

duction of a copp er electro de into th e cavity of the
womb pro te ctin g the va g ina by means of a rubb er
,
tub e.
A s thes e currents h ave show n an emmenago gue

e ffect it is to b e presumed that t h eir opposite a ction
in this case is due to the ele ctro de b ein g used within
th e uterus .
Th e cases cited were reported by Fr an ch on Ville -
p l e e in the B ulletin o f the F rench Electrical S o ciety ,
February 1 9 0 5 ,
.
Th e direct D A r son v al ( diathermy ) current seems

b est suited to metrorrha gia or meno r rhagia .
Mig raine . Temporary

relief in sick headache
may b e obtained by p r olon g ed treatme n t over the

seat of the pain w h i ch usually i n volves on e half of
,
-
t h e h ead .
U s e a tub e capable of pro ducin g a half or three

quarter i n ch spark but keep it in li g ht contact with
,
t h e surface Whe n treat in g through t h e hair in

.
,
women it may b e necessary to let the hair down

o r to reduce the stre n gt h of the current b ecause the
thickness o f th e h air may cause to o sharp a spark .
Migraine is prob ably a toxic headac h e due to im

perfect metab olism ( sub oxidation ) Th is clearly -
.
indicates the advisability o f auto condensation -

.
HIGH FREQUENCY CU RRENr s
'
2 41
Th e technique is g ive n under the appropr i a t e

headin g as ozena etc
, ,
.
Fig . 5 d
4 P or t a b l e O u t t s .
A numb er o f di ff erent nasal vacuum tub es a r e

shown in Figs 20 24 .
-
.
Ne p hri t is .
( S e e A lbumi n uria ) .
Ne r vous D e bility ( S e e Neurasthenia

. .
2 42

EBERHARr s MANUAL OF
Ne urast h e n i a Nu m erous c as e s of nervous ex

.
h au sti on have be en rep orted cured by high f r e

queney currents When t h e bloo d pressure is hi gh
.
,
auto condensatio n
-
E daily is usually su f
,
.
,
cient Th e average numb er o f treatments re quired

.
is from twenty v e to forty -

.
When the blo od pressure is low auto condensation ,

-
is contra
indicated and tonic sparks to S pine b a ck ,
of head and neck and over solar plexus are appro ~
r i
p at e .
Ozone is a desirable adjunct and in sele cted cases ,
vibration .
Ne ura l g i a A pplica tion for the relief of neural

.
gia are made with a vacuu m tub e carryin g current

su fcient to produce a on e half or three quarter inch - -
spark .
Ordinarily i t sho uld b e p ass e d b ac k and forth over

t h e pain ful area in light contact with the skin
,
At .
times it is advisable to raise th e tub e a n d apply a

sharply counter irritant s park which will quickly
-
redden the surface .
I re me mb er the old denition of neuralgia as ,
the cry of a starved nerve f o r blo od and c ertai n ly ,
the high frequency will supply this want .
I n addition to the lo cal treatme n t a uto co n densa ,

-
tion or spinal S p arks sh ould b e applied i n accorda n ce

with the state of the blo od pressure .
HIG H FREQUENCY Cu RRENr s
The diathermic curren t s on account of the hea t

generated ar e adva n ta geously e mployed S e e Chap .
ter X I .
Fig . s4 e P or ta b l e O u t t w i t h C a u t e r y an d D i a gn o s t i c La m p .
Various names have be en given to indicate the

d ifferen t for ms of neuralgia as facial neuralgia ,
o varian neuralgia etc , .

HIGH FREQU ENCY CURRENT S 2 45
Ob e si ty . Th e
treatment for ob esity is auto co n -
de n satio n ,
to E or more .
,
Patients lose .
from fou r to fourteen pounds p er month in some

i n sta n ces.
In t h ose t h at do n ot S how as great an actua l r e

ductio n i n wei g ht there s eems to b e a r e distribu t ion ,
S O to sp eak o f th e fat which greatly increas es b o dily

, ,
comfort .
S u p e r u ou s fat is a result o f imperfect m etabolism

and that is why auto condensation is b enecial
-
.
Cormelles has noted a g reater tolerance thyroid of
extract after auto condensation has b een employed

-
.
Vibration is indicated and the metho d of Be r g on ie

wit h sp ecial faradization chair .
Opaci t y of Corn e a
( S e e Corn eal Opacity )
. .
Or chi tis In th e acute for m we seldom have an

.
opp ortu n ity of empl o yin g these currents although ,
wit h a portable coil it may b e possible to d o so if

there is ele ctricity i n the patient s home .
In a sub acute orchitis the vacuum tub e is used

-
with a mild e fe u v e o r sp ark .
Gu ill e min ot r e commends the diathermic current ,
o n e pole over the testicle and the other over the

S p ermatic cord The X ray is advised protectin g
.
-
,
the o ther testicle with lead foil or treating through

-
a sp eculum atta c h ed to a prote ctive shield .
Oti tis I n all forms th e applicatio n o f a mild cur

.
rent t hr ou gh a vacuum tub e inserted in the car will .

2 46 EBERHART S MANUAL

or
be found b enecial ,
alone or in connection wi th
other met h ods .
I n c h ronic suppurative otitis th e X ray is advised -

,
also an ozone S pray This latter is sometimes ad .
ministered through an eustachian cath eter .
Oz e naA trophic R hinitis A pplication with the

. .
nasal tub e and th e inhalation of ozone summarize

, ,
the methods of treating this disease with high f r e

queney .
P api ll oma Th e technique o f fulguration for th e

.
destruction O f papillomata is given fully in Chap

te r VI .
P ara ly s is I n general th e treatme nt of this sy mp

.
tom calls for the application of th e vacuum tub e

alon g the cours e o f th e p aralyzed muscles emplo y ,
ing a current stron g enoug h to produce a half or

three quarter in ch sp ar k Part of th e time keep the
- ~
tub e in contact with the skin a n d part of th e time

rais e it ab ove th e surface to g et th e e ff e ct of the
sp ark .
Bi po l ar Tesla
-
treatment is ex cellent and a l so
D

Ar s on v al surgin g s ( se e Chapter V I )

Th e value of galvanism and faradism must not

b e for g otte n and vibration is certainly useful .
P aral ysis Agi t ans Cas es of p aralysis a gitans b en

.
e t e d by auto conde n satio n or auto conduction have

- -
b e en repo r ted to 7 500 E or more

.
,
. .
Tw o cases which I treated f or a short time did not

S ho w a n y perceptible improvement .
P ar al ysis I nf an t il e
, .
( S e e I nfantile Paralysis ) .
P aral ysis of S phi ncte r A n i Tousey reports marked .
imp r oveme n t p r o duced by fte en treatments R ectal .
ap p licatio n s and spark to spine .
P e l vi c A b sce ss U se the va gi n al vacuum tub e f or

.
seven minutes r ep eati ng daily or twice a day ; also

,
mild applications extern ally over p elvic regio n .
Diathermy advised . S e e Chapter XI .
P e l vi c A d h e si on s I ntra vagi n al vacuum tub e

.
-
treatme n t a n d mild sp ark o ver ab dominal area .
Three to six treatments p e r week Vibration advised .
in conjunction Th e D A r son v al current is preferred

.

by some op erato r s eit h er by the direct method o r by

auto co n ductio n w h ile oth ers prefer the bi p olar
-
,
Tesla cu r re n t .
P e lvi c Exud ate s Th e same tech n ique is followed

.
as i n p elvic ad h esio n s .
P e r i ost i t is Th e vacuum tub e carryin g a medium

.
i n te n sity of curre n t is passed lig h tly back and forth

o ver t h e diseased area f o r from ve to te n minutes ,

three times a week followed by a few minutes ap
,
plicatio n of t h e X ray or the h igh candle power

-
,
light .
Conde n ser elect r odes are preferred by some O per

ator s .
H IGH FREQUENCY CU RRENT S 2 49
ter or one half inch spark ) and apply over b oth the
-
fro n t a n d b ack of the ch est keepin g up the treat

,
me n t for a long time u n til marked reddenin g of th e

ski n i n dicates a prop er degree of cou n ter irritatio n -
thre e treatments a day if n ecessary in the b egin

n in g i n co n j un ctio n wit h us ual medicin al metho ds
, .
Chronic forms call f or ozone and us u ally for the

X r ay
-
.
P n e umonia .Th e h i gh fre quen cy treatment of

p n eumo n ia is the same as that employed in pleurisy ,
as give n i n th e preceding se ction I n addition th e .
i nh alatio n o f ozone by ozonizin g the air o f th e room

is absolutely essential a n d always S hould b e em
ployed from t h e start .
I t is muc h more sensible to administer this form

o f oxyge n throughout th e diseas e than it is to ad
m in iste r oxyge n as a last h op e in extremis .
Po st fractur e Con di ti on s Th e lo cal application of

- .
the vacuum tub e discharge in conj unction with vi

bratio n is o f great b enet in restoring a normal
conditio n o f the p arts I ts physiolo gical action
.
c l e ar l y in d ic at e s its value h ere

,
.
P ost op e r a tiv e Con ditio ns H ere th e current may

- .
b e applied as given in t h e preceding section or it

may b e employed b y mea n s O f auto condensatio n or -
a ge n e r al vacuum tub e application for its to n ic

e ff ect
.
E d aily at rst ; later two o r three times a

.
week .
P r o cti t is I n the chronic forms of this disease th e

.
direct D Ar son v al current ( diathermy ) is advised

,
usin g a metal electro de in the rectum while a metal ,
lic electrode is h eld by the p atient Te n minutes .

,
thre e to six times p er week .
Vacuum ele ctrodes with Tesla or Ondin curren ts

may b e used .
P r ol ap se of R e ctum U s e a mild spark over the

.
prolapsed tissue which almost always will cause an

immediate contraction I f it do es not replace and
.
,
follow wit h a seven minute intra rectal treatment

- -
.
Three to six applications p er week .
P r os t at i c D is e ase s The results following the hi gh

.
fre quency treatme n t of all forms o f prostatic dis

"
c as e a r e extraordinary .
On e aut h ority found i n a lar g e series of cases over

8 5 % were cured .I n my own exp erience the ap
parent cures have b een over with no case in
whic h p erceptible improvement was n ot present .
I n enlarged prostate I was of th e Opinion that

rece n t cases a n d those with a n inammatory in l
tra t e were all that could b e reduced but I have had ,
positive reduction take place i n a few cases o f se n ile

hype rt rop h y a n d I b elieve the p ossibilities i n t h ese
cases a r e wort h y o f i n vestigatio n .
Th e tec h nique is described i n Chapter V II I n

'
Fig 5 5 is s h ow n a special form Of i n sulated vacuum

.
tub e f or prostatic treatment originated by Dr S am .

HIGH FREQ UENCY CURRENT S 251
uel S teve n s My spatulate tub e is sho wn in Fig 2 7

. .
I us e vibration in co n ju n ctio n with hig h frequency

in n ea r ly all o f my cases a n d diathermy is advised
,
i n acute cases .
P ruri tus ( I tc h i n g ) Th is ann oying symptom ordi

.
n ar ily is r elieved by t h e hig h fre quency e f e u v e or
sp ark G enerally sp eakin g th e vacuum tub e S park

.
is employed as sha rp as the patie n t will tolerate but ,
n o t f or a lo ng time I n other cases light contact

.
wit h t h e tub e is desirable givin g longer treatme n ts

,
tha n wit h t h e spark .
Fig . 55 S p ec i al Pr os ta t i c El ec tr od e .
I n itc h in g skin diseases th e sp ark is very grateful

to th e patie n t and relief is immediate though o ften
t empo r a r y
.
P ruri tus ani Treat with sp a r k f or 3 0 to 6 0 sec

.
ouds and t h e n use rectal tub e for a six or seve n

minute treatme n t Three to six applications p er
.
week .
P r uritus vul va The va ginal va cuum tub e is used

.
rst for seven minutes followed by a medium spark

,
externally o ver the itchin g surfa ce Daily treat .
ments if possible .
HIGH FREQUENCY CU RRENT S 2 53
P y o salp inx In tra va gi n al applications of the cur

.
-
rent have proved effe ctive in some cases of p y sal

pi nx S eve n minute treatments th r ee or more times
.
-
p e r week .
Rayn aud s D ise ase

I h ave had n o experience .
with this disease but F renc h O p erators report s uc

,
c e ssfu l treatment A uto conde n sation was employed

.
-
E or mo r e
. .
Th e n umb er of sea n ces varied from twelve to on e

h undred and twenty v e and in th e lon g er cases -
,
the treatment re quired about tw o years .
R e ctal D is e ases Many dis eases of the rectum

.
have b e e n treated with apparent succ ess by means ,
of thes e curre n ts Th e general technique is g iven

.
in Ch apte r V II .
A mon g th e diseases are i n cluded p ro ctitis ssure , ,
h emo r r h oids p r olapse Of r ectu m p r u r itis a n i p ar al y

, , ,
sis Of sphincter etc Th e metho d o f treatin g each is

,
.
give n u n der its appropriate headin g .
R e nal Cal cul us Dr J O Chase reports the dis

. . . .
solvi n g of a renal calculus by means o f auto c on d e n -
sation A metal electrode was placed over th e ab

.
dome n instead of th e patient holdin g th e ha n dles

,
.
to 7 5 00 E daily Diathermy relieves th e pai n

, . . .
R e ti ni tis Th e metho d employed is th e use of the

.
double eye tub e as in Fi g 47 or usin g a tub e with .

,
a mild amoun t of current in light conta ct with the

eyelids e y ebrows and temples
, .
In I treated successfully a numb er of dis

1 9 02 4-
eases of the eye with high fre quency and X ray in -

,
con n ection with Dr G F S uker at whose su g g e s

. . .
,
t io n these methods were e mployed A mon g th ese .
was on e case o f retinitis pigmentosa .
Rh e um atism H igh frequen cy currents are o f ex

.
c e p ti on al value in muscular and in chronic articular
rheumatis m .
I n the acute ar t icular form the results have not

been so satisfactory .
A rticular rheumatism also known as in amma ,
tory rheumatis m o r rh eumatic fever is known at ,
the present time to b e an infectious disease Ordi .
n ar il y the attack is ush ered in by a sore throat and
the infection enters by way of the tonsils I t a? e cts .
brous and serous tissues in p articular and one

reason for b elievin g th e disease infe ctious is th e
similarity b etween th e sy mptoms and those of g on or
rheal rh eu m atism wh ere a known infection causes
the pain etc Frequently abscessed teeth are th e
,
.
fo ci O f infe ction .
R heu matism is O ften confounded w ith rheumatic

gout I t q u ickly pro duces imp overishment of the
.
bloo d ( anemia ) and this is on e reason why auto

,
condensation h as proved so b enecial .
I n the acute form b oth articular and muscular

, ,
t h e application o f high candle p ower lamps is ad
vi s ed i n conn e ction with hi gh fre quenc y an d in th e ,

HIGH FREQUENCY CURRE NT S 255
chronic typ e vibration is a valuable adjunct . Dia

th e r my r ecommended .
I n muscular rheumatis m O f which lumb ago stiff

, ,
neck etc are common typ es the va cuum tub e is

,
.
, ,
used with either a mild or sharp spark and durin g

the applicati on th e patient chan g es position f r e
quently to keep the muscles on th e s tretch and t o
ascertain whe ther this p osturing causes pain The .
t reatment is p ersisted in until relieved whether it

b e ten or thirty minutes .
I n chroni c rheu m atism the b es t trea tment is auto

condensation ,
to E daily and vaccines
.
,
.
Durin g th e rst treatments the symptoms may b e

somewhat a ggravated but after the se cond or third
,
w eek improvement is ste ady and rapid .
Va cuum tub e treatment over the p ainful area

may b e used in connection with auto condensation -
if desired but a cure will result wi thout th a aid

,
.
Where th e op erator has no couch o r pad prolon g 1 .

"
mild treatments with the vacuu m tub e may t ake

t h e plac e o f auto condensation
-
I n this case the
.
application should last at least twenty minutes .
The amoun t of uric acid in the urine is imme

d iat e l y increased by auto condensation which prob
-
,
ably accounts for the a ggravation o f symptoms in

rheumatism and gout where lon g treatments are
given i n th e b eginn in g .
H IG H FREQ U ENCY CURRENT S 257
B ot h O f the cases cited S how t h e remark able e f

feets o f auto condensation in i n creasi ng elimination
-
.
Rhini tis ( Atr ophi s ) ( S e e Oze n a ) . .
Rigg s D ise as e

( S e e Pyo r r h e a al v eola r is )
. .
R ing w orm ( S e e Tinea )

-
. .
R od e nt Ul ce r Th e metho d of treati ng r o dent

.
ulcer is the same as that employed f or epithelioma ,
( q
.
S car s .
( Cicatrices )
Vacuum tub e sp arks h ave
.
a so ftenin g e ffect o n scar tissue Eve n co n tact with .
t h e tub e without S p arkin g has a simila r te n dency
( as in treatin g strictures ) .
I f the S park is made very sharp and therefore

c austic or escharotic or if caustic fulguration is
,
used the s car tissue will b e destroyed and pliable

,
new tissue takes it place .
For small scars ab out t h e face the application of

a medium spark ( on e fourth to one half inch ) is rec
- -
o mm e n d e d th e treatment rep e ated in ve to ei g ht

,
days if ful g uration is employed ( S e e Chapter V I .
f or tech n ique ) .
I f a vacuum tub e S park is used th e tr eatme n t may

b e rep eated daily or eve r y ot h er day until a su f
cient de g ree of irritatio n h as b ee n s et up .
S ciatica A p ply t h e v acuum tub e alon g t h e cou rs e

.
o f t h e n erve a n d over th e lower p a r t o f th e spi n e .
U s e e n ou gh current to produce a sp ark from o n e

half to on e inc h in len g t h but ordinarily do n ot raise
2 58 EBER HART S MA NUAL or

t h e tub e from the skin G ive a te n o r eve n ftee n

.
mi n ute applicatio n r ep eatin g daily or e v e r y other

da y .
I n early always follow this with auto co n densa -
tio n ,
Eb erharts .
S e borrh e a For d an d r u o r any seborr h eic co n

.
ditio n t h e vacuum tub e is used carryin g enough ,
curre n t to give a qua r ter to a half inc h spa r k I t is

-
.
the n kept in li ght contact with the surface tre ated

and p as sed b ack and fort h ab out ten mi n utes ; r e
p e a t in g t h ree to six times per we ek .
S e mi nal Emissi o ns F or
. no cturnal emissions
sparks t o the lower part o f the S pine are advised ,
followed by a s even minute t r eatment of t h e seminal

-
vesicles by means of th e r e ctal tub e .
S inusit is . In frontal S i nusitis I h ave on a n umb er

of o ccasio n s applied the vacuum tub e over the
sinuses keeping it i n light conta ct although employ
, ,
in g a medium intensity of current This was always .
in connectio n with vibration .
Th e r st time I gave this treatment it was fo r t h e

,
'
purp os e of a ff ordin g temporary relief until th e

patie nt could arran g e to consult a sp ecia l ist as I
b elieved operative interference ne cessary I almost .
questio n e d my dia g nosis w h e n i nformed th e follow

i n g day t h at t h e p ain had practically disapp eared .
S ubsequent experie n ce s h ows t h at t h i s result may

b e obtai n ed in a fair prop ortion of cases that are
seen early i n t h e dis ease .
H I G H FREQ UENCY CURRENT S 2 59
I f relief is n ot a fforded b y o n e or two treatme n ts ,
the sinus should b e drained by a comp ete n t r hin ol o

gist.
S k in D ise ase s Th e vacuum tub e e fe u v e o r sp ark

.
is one of t h e most useful a g e n ts i n treati ng a n um

b er of S ki n diseases .
Th e general tec h ni que is outli n ed i n Ch apte r VI .

,
w h ile spe cial methods are i n dicated u n de r a n um

ber of th e diseases to whic h r eference may b e made
,
.
Th e high fre quency cu r re n t s h ould b e i n t h e o fce

o f every dermatolo gist ; I t b enets pra ctically t h e
same class of S kin diseases that th e X r ay h as b e e n -
employed in .
S o r e Thr o at P h aryn g itis a n d L aryn g itis )

.
( Se e .
S prai ns . U s e a vacuum electro de a n d wit h a

m oderate intensity o f current Keep th e tub e in
.
li gh t co n tact while rubb ed ge n tly b ack a n d forth

o ver t h e S prain A lon g treatme n t ; ftee n or twenty
.
minutes ; rep eatin g in tw o or t h re e h ours if n ecessary .
Th e direct D Ar son v al curre n t ( diathe rmy ) is

equally useful I n O ld sprai n s use a sufcie n t spark

.
to pro duc e marked r eddenin g O f t h e ski n as counter

irritation is n ecessary .
S te ri li t y .G e n eral to n ic treatme n t by auto co n -
densatio n or b y th e vacuum tub e is to b e employed

to gethe r wit h lo cal t r eatme n t wi t h t h e mild sp ark
over th e r e g io n of the ovari es or testicles I n wome n .
i ntra v a g i n al t r eatme n ts a r e i n dicate d a n d in me n

-
,
H IGH FR EQUENCY CURRENT S 261
S ynovitis . Treat
as dir e cted for spra in s t h at is , ,
use vacuum tub e wit h out a sp a r k f or a lo ng sedative ,
applicatio n i n t h e a cute fo rm or us e t h e diat h e rmic ,
current 6 00 to
,
milliamp e r es .
F or t h e c hr onic case s h o r t thick coun ter ir r ita n t

, , ,
-
sp arks are r e quired .
Tab e s D orsalis .
( S e e L o comotor A taxia ) .
Thr oat D ise as e s H ig h fre quency cu r re n ts are

.
us eful i n co nn ectio n wit h routin e met h o ds i n l ar y n

gitis p h aryn gitis etc S e e Ch apter VI I for g e n eral
, ,
.
technique A numb er of thro at ele ctrodes are illus

.
tr ate d i n Fi gs 2 0 to 2 3
. .
Ti c D oul our e aux Tr i geminal

n eural g ia h as b een
.
successfully treated by applications of t h e h i g h fr e

que n ey current on e op erato r reporti ng the cure of
,
a case where resection h ad failed Prolon g ed ap .
plication over th e course of th e n erve wit h medium

intensity of current but without pro duci n g a spa r k
,
.
Diathermy is i n dicated .
Tine a In r in gwo r m and i n all forms of ti n ea t h e

.
X ray is t h e b est treatme n t suppleme n ted by vacuum

-
tub e applicatio n s eit h er by direct co n tact or by a

,
reasona b le s h a rp sp a rk .
Tinn i tus A ur i um Th e
administratio n of t h e cu r
.
rent t hr ou gh t h e ea r tub e as outlin ed i n Ch apte r VII

h as proved cu r ative i n cases of r ing in g i n t h e

ears
262 EBERHARr

s MAN U A L OF
I always employ vibratio n i n conj un ctio n with t h e

hig h fre que n cy .
Tonsill itis Th e thro at h as b e e n treated extern ally

.
with t h e vacuum tub e in tonsillitis followin g the ,
method sug g este d unde r pharyn gitis a n d laryn g itis .
I t is o n ly of value in con n ectio n wit h ou r usual

metho ds and is n ot ad vi sed as the sole treatme n t
,
.
Diathermy is r ecomme n ded .
To ns illo tomy I have see n a n umb er of rep orts of

.
the succ essful destruction o f the to n sils b y mea n s

O f fulguration .

Judd says For the removal of the tonsils we h ave
i n t h is a g ent a n ideal method I t is blo o dless n ot .
,
very p ainful and avoids the da ng er of h emor r ha g e

in brous growths .
Wry n eck or sti ff n eck in an acute or

To r t i c oll is .
sub acute form is cured b y vacuum tub e applications

-
alon g the sterno cleido mastoid muscle- -

.
A long applicatio n with a tub e capable of emitti ng

a h alf inch o r inc h sp ark kept i n li gh t co n tact wit h
-
,
t h e skin or applied t h rou g h a su fcie n t n umb er of

layers of eloth to g et s h ort S h arp t h ick spa r ks , ,
.
Tr ach oma is sil c c e ssful ly treated b y usi ng t h e eye

tub e i n co n nectio n wit h t h e X r ay or usin g a tub e -
,
ex h au sted to a v acuum h i gh e n ou g h to g ive Off some

X rays
-
.
Tub e r cul o sis Gl ands In th e treatment of tu

of .
~
b e r cu l ou s g la n ds t h e v acuum tub e S p a r k is em
,
HI G H FREQ u ENCY Cu RRENTs 2 63
ployed i n combi n atio n wit h th e X ray H igh f r e -

.
queney wit h out X ray is not advisable for this con

-
ditio n .
An y surface or co n de n se r elect r o de may b e us e d

wit h a n in te n sity of current capable o f producing a
on e h alf to on e inch S park
-
The tub e may b e used
.
i n li gh t contact with the ski n or sli g htly sep arated

to give a s h ort but comparatively thick sp ark This .
may b e regulated by treating throu g h a su fcie n t

thickness of cloth F ive to te n mi n ute applications
. .
Th e b est met h o d is to g ive a seve n minute X r ay -
treatment t hr ee times a week followed by t h e h i gh

fre quen cy application Ozone strongly advised
. .
Tube r cul o sis of P e riton e um Tub erculous

the .
p eritonitis is treated by th e lo cal application o f the

va cuumtub e over th e ab dominal area or by localized
auto conde n satio n Th e e fe u v e from a diaphra g m
-
.
electrode may b e used .
I prefe r general a n t e condensatio n E daily

-
,
.
,
with mild vacuum tub e spark applied t h rou g h a

layer o f clothi n g Ozo n e indicated
. .
Tu b e r cul o sis ( P ulmo nar y ) In lo cal forms Of tu

.
b e r cu l osis t h e X r ay is superior t o hig h fre que n cy ;

-
but i n pulmo n a r y tu b e r cu l os1 s co n ditio n s are r e

v ersed a n d i n auto conde n satio n and ozone we h ave
-
two r emarkably e ff ective remedies whi ch should b e

understo od b etter by the profession .
H IGH FREQUENCY CU RRENI s
'
265
durin g t h e rst t hr ee weeks The co n curre n t use

. of
ozone s h o r te n s t h is rst sta g e .
A fte r this p e r io d improvement was steady al ,
thou gh some atte n uated tub e r cle b acilli were p r ese n t

lon g after all ot h e r symptoms h ad disapp eared .
On accoun t of th e ris e i n temp e r ature p r o duced

by auto co n de n satio n we must b e careful n ot to g ive
-
too lo ng a treatment at the b egi nn in g if t h e p atie n t

is carryin g a compa r atively h ig h tempe r atu r e fo r ,
i n sta n ce 1 03 de g re es or o ve r or is i n an adva n ced

, ,
sta g e of th e disease .
Th e r eactio n is simila r to that from tub e r culi n .
The r is e i n a n already h ig h temp e r ature mi gh t b e

t oo g reat if a lo ng treatme n t was g ive n F or t h is
.
reaso n it i s a g oo d pla n t o g ive ve minutes o n th e

,
auto condensation couc h or p ad and then await the

-
subside n c e o f th e reactio n b efore give n th e s econd

treatme n t . I would n ot employ more tha n from
to E i n the rst t h ree o r four treatments
.
,
after whic h th e patient will quickly establis h a tole r

ance for th e treatment and the dose may b e increased
to E or more
. . A s so o n as t h is perio d is
reached daily applicatio n s are u rg e d a n d should b e
followed by S pi n al sp arks to O ff set t h e blo o d p r essu r e
-
r educi n g e ff ect o f th e auto co n de n satio n

-
.
In cases t h at carry very little temp eratu r e at t h e

time of starti ng treatment a te n mi n ute daily ap pl i
,
-
catio n may b e made from the b egin n in g .

266 EBER HART S MANU AL OF

Th edire ction for th e us e of ozone and reports of

its remarkable e ff ects will b e found in Chapter I X .
I have made it a r ule to s end th e sp ecimens of

sputum to a reliable lab oratory f or exami n atio n ,
thus havin g the pro of of th e value of the treatme n t

made by a disinterested p arty .
followin g gives a comp arative idea of the im

Th e
provement takin g place in an aver age case
Mr s . B , Ja n 2 , 1 9 08
. . . Many tu b e r cl e bacil li pr e s
e nt . Other or g anisms not n umerous S tap hy l ococ .
ci ; d ip p l o co c c i o f catarrh ; brin mucus ; pus cells

,
.
A pril 8 1 9 08 Tub ercle b acilli few avera g in g

, .
,
ab out se v e n to th e mi cr oscopi c e l d B acilli d e e p .
staining showin g e xtr e me l y f e w va cuo l a te d fo rms

, .
P h a g o cytosis very pr omine n t ; clumpin g n o t prom i

nent Oth e r org ani sms noti ce ab l y ab s e nt
. .
Th e sp ecime n was s o remarkable in th e mark e d

degre e of phago cytosis and t h e absenc e of other or
g an isms that the physicians in charge of the labora
to r y to ok o ccasio n to call me up and ask the n ature
of the t r eatme n t employed .
Tw o mo nt h s later t h is p atient was s o w e l l t hat

she re fused to co n tin ue th e treatment h av in g r e

gained her n ormal wei gh t and strength altho u g h an ,
o ccasio n al b acillus was still to b e foun d .
The value of ozo n e a n d of auto co n densati o n is so -
marked and so easy o f demonstration that I am su r

prised t h e m et h o ds a r e n ot b etter known and I n
H IGH FRE Q U ENCY CU RRENr s
'
g eneral us e in institutio n s f or t h e treatme n t of c on

sumption
They possess th e advantage n ot only of b ei ng cu r a
tive i n themselves but also of n ot preventi n g t h e U s e
of all th e establishe d methods of treatment i n c o n
n e cti on with th em .Th e y aff o r d two ad d itional non
i n t e rf e ri ng m e th o ds of e q u al val u e wi t h any use d ,

and th e r e by i n c r e ase the pa ti e n t s ch an ce s to t ha t
e xte nt.
Ul ce rs .
( S e e Chronic U lcers ) .
U r e t hr it is . Th e dire ctions f or treatin g sp eci fi c

urethritis will b e fou n d under g onorrhea Non .
sp ecic fr oms yield to th e same meth ods .
U ri cA cid Co n di t i o ns A ll methods of employi n g

.
hi gh fre quency currents aid in eliminatin g b ot h

urea and uric acid but auto condensation and auto
,
-
co nduction are sp ecially e ffe ctive .
Their value can b e tested re a

dily and is easy to
ascertai n by a few urinalyses .
U rti cari a ( H ive s ) Vacuum tub e applications

.
usin g a medium spark or wit h th e tub e in co n tact

with the surfa ce is th e metho d o f treatment .
S p eakin g of th e value of hig h fre que n cy currents

in skin diseases Dr C W A lle n says i n the Medical
, . . .

R eco r d Th e vaso motor e ff ects may b e well
-
studied in urticaria H ere sp arking th e w h eal p r o

.
d u c e d entire disapp earance o f th e lesion whic h is ,
replaced i n a few mome n ts by a b alanced area .

H I G H FREQUENCY CURRENT S 269
W arts and other small growths may b e removed

b y fulguration as described i n Chapter V I
,
.
Wr it e r
s Cramp . This
is a n o ccup ation n eurosis

va riously k n ow n as pia n o player s cramp te l e g r a ,
f

p h e r s cramp etc ,
I t is t h e r
. esult o r ep eated use
of the same muscles to t h e point of ex h aus tio n an d
chronic fati g ue Th e v acuum tub e is used with a
.
current sufcie n t to produce a quarter or h alf i n ch -
sp ark Th e tub e is kept i n li g ht contact with th e

.
skin and the application is made from th e n g e r tips

to and includin g the shoulder a r ea br ac h ial plexus ,
and upp e r spinal ce n ters For th e latte r t h e tub e is

.
raised t o O btain a stimulatin g sp ark and I frequently ,
employ th e sp ark fo r the w h ole treatment Th e use .
of vibratio n in conju n ction is stro ng ly ur g ed Three .
treatments a week .
Ma n y auth orities advocate ge n eral elimi n ative

treatme n t in connect i o n suc h as auto conde n sation
,
-
or electric lig h t b at h s .
Wry Ne ck .
( S e e Torti collis .
)
EBERHART M A N UA L

2 70 S OF
CHA P TER NINE .
Oz on e ; How P rod u ce d ; P hysi olo gi cal A ction ; D os

ag e ; In di c at i o ns and P r in ci pal D is e as e s
in W hi ch It Is Emp lo ye d .
Nat ur e P r o du ctio n When ever an electric

and .
spark passes throu gh the air ozone is lib erated ,

.
Ozone is known under the chemical symbol O and

is an all otr Op ic for m of oxygen A t the same time .
that ozone is liberated nitrous and n itric oxides

,
are also pro duced Th e less th e p erceptible spark

.
accompanyin g th e production of ozone the less the ,
amount of th ese O bj ectionable oxides and in admin ,
is t e r in g the ozone it is n ecessary by ltration o r

,
o therwise t o disp os e of these gases

,
.
P hys iol ogi cal A ctio n Ozone increas es the ox y

.
g e n ation of th e bloo d and tissues increasin g ox y ,
hemo glob in and also increasing the numb er of red

blo o d corpuscles I t is claimed that a decrease in
.
white corpuscles is produce d if they are ab ove

n ormal . I n stron gly concentrated form ozone is ,
destructive in its e e ct on mucous membranes an d

even t o life its elf G erms are destroyed by it and it
.
has b een shown cap able of so thoroughly disinfect

ing sewage that th e ltered water was pronoun ced
suitable f or drinkin g pu r p oses I t is distinctly
.
HIGH FREQUENCY CURRENT S 271
deo dorant and even a small o zonizer ru nn i n g in a

-
ro om will quickly destroy th e most obj ectionable

O dors .
I n a Chica go b ank an ozone machine was placed

in a roo m where six employes were worki ng Thei r .
weight and chest exp ansio n was taken at th e time

the machine was installed and a ga in in sixty days .
Th e result is sh own i n the followin g table
g No v 6
. Jan 6
. No v 6 . Jan 6
. No v 6. J an 6
.
A
y
- 35 . 36 . 31 . 32 .
m 118 . 36 .
o
t
c 1 30 . 30 .
e t 123 .
s
a 1 31 . 35 . 31 .
m 118 . 29 . 29 .
In di ca t i o ns
In one sense of th e word S in ce oxy
.
,
gen is so essential it mi g ht easily b e claimed that

,
ozon e was indicated in any b o dily ailme n t a n d I am ,
o f th e Opinion t h at its in halation would b e b enecial
t o the extent t h at pure air would b e desirable but ,
there are some diseases i n w h ic h it is of p a r ticular

b e n et Amo ng these ar e a n e mia ; all diseases o f
.
the respiratory organs includin g tub erculosis ; in,
f e c tiou s diseases ; a n d all co n ditions wh ere there is

imp erfe ct oxidation a n d imp aired n utrition An .
ozone spray h as b een demonstrated to b e h ealin g in

all forms of ulcers etc ,
.
Me t h ods of A dm inist rati o n A s ordinarily em .
plo y ed ozo n e is admi n iste r ed i n t h e fo rm O f in hala

,
H I G H FRE Q UENCY C URRENT S 2 73
a n d on e ca n ai r m that at the e n d of two or t h ree

weeks trea tme n t th e p atie n t h as r eac h ed a n ormal
,
gu r e
.

Th is is n ecessa r ily a ccompa ni ed in t h e case of
,
an emi c p atie n ts by more e n er g etic oxidatio n mo r e

, ,
r apid combustio n w h ic h c alls fo r mo r e rapid r e

,
n ewal of n utritive mate r ia ls ( increased metab olism )

a n d from this there sp eedily arises a n increase in
app etite which i n some patients takes t h e fo r m of
,
a dema n d f or foo d suc h as h as b e e n h it h erto un

kn own to them wit h r etu rn of stren g th disappear
, ,
a n ce of complicatio n s i n s h ort restoration to h ealt h

, ,
.

Ou t of twe nty ei gh t p atie n ts wei gh e d b efore a n d
-
afte r treatme n t i n cludi ng t h os e i n all stages of

,
tub erculosis ,
On e g ai n ed lb s S ix gai n ed . lbs .
Three g ained lbs Tw o g a in ed . lbs .
On e gained 6 lbs . On e gain e d

. lbs .
Tw o gai n e d lbs Th r ee g ai n ed
. lbs .
On e g a in ed lbs On e g ained 1 1 lbs

. .
Tw o gained lbs On e gai n ed . lbs .
On e g ain ed lbs Tw o remain ed stationary

.
.

With t h e retur n of es h there was a corresp ond
ing increas e of o xyhemo globin as follows
Tw o gai n ed Te n g ai n ed
Fi ve gaine d On e g ai n ed
Four gai n ed S ix g ain ed
Five g ai n ed On e ga in e d

F our we r e n ot ex ami n ed .

In view o f the reputation and standin g of the

physicians making this rep ort more tha n ordinary ,
c onsideratio n should b e accorded the statements .
Do sag e I t is claimed that large amounts of ozone

.
are cap able of producin g death and that rabb its ,
have succumb ed in t en minutes in a n atmosphere

containing eight milligrams of ozone to th e litre .
Th e prop er prop ortion f or therap eutic i n halatio n is

on e ,
two or thre e milligrams to th e litre I nhalations .
give n in a physicia n s o fce last from ten to twenty

minutes and may b e r ep eate d fre que ntly The indi .
cation that th e p atient has h ad a su fcien t dose is

usually a slight sensatio n o f light headedness -
.
Tu b e r culos is of the L u ng s Daily inhalatio n s O f

.
ozo ne in c onnection with auto condensation Ozon -

.
izi n g the air o f th e p atient s room is the b est met h od

o f employing ozone in this disease H de LaCou x . .

,
Chemical Exp ert to the Council of th e P refecture o f

th e S eine Par i s s ay s :
, ,
I n th e application of o zo n e
f or tub erculosis it is an undeniabl e clinical fact that
,
th e n umb er of b acilli i n the sputum diminish es after

th e s econd or third treatment even b efore th e gen
,

eral condition of the p atient is improved .
Dr G eorge S toker L ondon reports n i n e cases of

.
, ,
tub erculosis treated withi n a ye ar at t h e S toker

Oxyge n H ospital O f which eight were discharged
,
wit h th e dis e ase de n itely arrested .
Dr J T G ibso n says in A dva n ced Therap eutics

. . .
I n advanced cases with c avities and much e x p e c

HIG H FREQU ENCY CURRENT S 275
I think
t or at ion , t h ere is n o mea n s of so much use
as inhalatio n o f ozone . I t empties th e lun g s of
d etritus and pus ,
revivifyin g the bloo d disi n fecti n g
,
the p arts of the lungs reached and afte r th e rst

,
Fig . 57 Ozon e G e n e r at or f or
irritation of its use has passed off there is n othin g ,
that gives the lungs the sense of rest and qui et as

does this a g ent I have s een t h e qua n tity of sputum
.
lesse n ed to a most remarkable de g re e a n d fe v er d is ,
appear and all symptoms improved b y t h e us e of

,
ozon e in h alations .
Th e technique consisted in p assin g t h e ozo n e in

a ge n tle current throu g h an eusta chia n cat h eter i n to
the middle ear f or ab out four mi n utes at a time the ,
O peratio n b ein g rep eated several times a week daily ,
if p ossible .
Wh oop ing Cough

( Pertussis ) Th e e fcacy of .
ozone in treatin g w h o oping cou g h has b ee n attested

by many authorities among them b ein g Caille , ,
L Abb e D e r e c q D oumer D e lh e rm B ordier and

, , , ,
On din I n pra ctically all o f these cases th e ozon e

.
was administered in te n to twenty minute inhala

tions Ozonizin g th e air in the p atient s ro om should
.

prove a better metho d .
S ays L Ab b e

: My p ersonal exp erience rests on

over 1 00 cases . I n all I have O btained amelioration ,
prompt an d rapid at rst an d later a complete cure ,
in a time ordinarily c overed by a very li ght attac k .
Ozon e is th e remedy p ar ex cellenc e f o r whooping

cough .
Asthma Br onchi t is and Hay Fe v e r are b eneted

,
o r cured by ozon e I nhalations comb ined with ozon

.
iz ation o f the air o f the ro om is th e method ; the

latter b ein g more e fcacious .
H ay feve r vi ctims have foun d that the use o f a

room atomizer constantly f or two or three months
prio r t o th e exp e cted attack has prevented the latter
from coming on Durin g the attack inhalatio n s h ave
.
g ive n a g reat r elief .

Ins om n i a Daily inhalations fo r ten or fteen

.
m inutes or have p atient S leep in a ro om with an

,
oz onizer in op eration .
P n e umo ni a Ozonize th e air in the room keepin g

.
,

the machine near th e head of t h e p atient s b ed .
Fig . 5 9 Roo m Oz on i z er .
Ne r vo us D e b ility, ozone inha l a

e tc . Three t o S ix
tions pe r week preferably in connection with auto

,
c o nde n sation or wit h vacuum tub e sp arks .
Oth e r D ise as es On accou n t o f its oxidizin g p r op

.
e r ti e s ozone should b e a valuable adju n ct t o auto

,
conde n satio n in diab etes gout ob esity etc , , ,

.
I ts b en ecial action in syphilis has b ee n attested

by many physicia n s .
H IGH F REQUENCY CU RRENr s
'
279
CHA P TER TEN .
H i gh Fr e q u e n cy X -
r ay ; Its Na tur e ; G e n e ration and
Th e rap e ut ic In d icat i o ns .
Exp l ana to ry . Thisis intended as an elementary

chapter on the X ray f or the p ossessor of a small or
-
p ortable hi gh frequency outt who wishes at times

also to avail himself if its X ray p ossibilities-
.
S co p e of Po r t ab l e Outts Portable outts are

.
constructed on th e Tesla typ e and it is surprisi ng ,
how well some of them light up th e X ray tub e -

.
They are suitable f or the tre atme n t o f skin diseases

and all sup ercial lesions This includes pra ctically
.
all of th e conditions in which th e X ray is re ally e f -
f e c t iv e
. For radio graphic purp oses the m an u f ac
tu r e rs o n ly claim them t o b e capable o f S kiagraph
in g th e e x tr e mite s although some of them make
,
satisfactory picture s of thicker p arts Th eir p orta .
b il ity is at times of considerable advantage They .
are n ot claimed to take the place of the larger e quip

ment i n th e O fce of th e radiolo gist but brin g the ,
us e o f the X ray and hi gh fre quency within the reach

-
o f many ph y sicia n s who wi sh to employ it i n co nn ec
tio n with t h eir r egular work They a r e n ot suited

.
t o the r equirements of th e X r ay s p e ci al ist -

.
H I G H FREQ U ENCY CU RREN TS
Fig
. 6 0La rg e O z on e G e n e r a t o r .

a gainst indiscriminate exposure of the p atie n t and

also of the op erator .
Th e simplest metho d is th e use Of a protective

S hield t o encircle the tub e p ermittin g t h e exit of th e
,
rays only throu gh a small ap erture that may b e re g

u l ate d as re quired .
I n addition the use o f l e ad f oil or sheet lead to

cover all p arts which are to b e protected from th e
ray is customary .
The Fl u o r os co p e .I n order to se e the ndings of

the X ray a screen is employed containin g b arium
-
platinum cyanide a substance which shines or u or

,
csecs wh en exposed to the X ray I nterposin g an -

.
O bj ect b etween this s creen and the X ray tub e pro -
duces a shadow on th e s creen commensurate with

the amount o f th e ray which has b een prevented
from reachin g th e screen We have th erefore a
.
, ,
shadow picture Showing the relative density of th e

obj e c t traversed by th e X ray
'
-
.
Th e S k iagr aph . The rays act up on th e br omide :
o f silver gelatin c o atin g o n photo graphi c plates in
th e sa m e manner as ordinary light When a plate .
takes th e relative p ositi on o f th e uoroscopic scree n

the resultant picture is called a radio graph or S kia ,
graph and a ff ords a p erma n ent record of the co n di

,
tion shown .
Th e X ray plates have a h eavie r co atin g t h a n

-
ordinary photo graphic plates a n d are enclosed in

two e n velopes so that they may b e ha n dled in day
H IGH FREQU ENCY CURRENI S
'
2 83
light Th e aps on the envelop es are on the non

.
sensitive side of the plate Th e plate i s placed on .
the table the p art to b e skiagraphed restin g o n the

,
plate and the tub e some distance ab ove th e tar g et ,
b ein g directly over th e ce n te r o f th e p art r adio

graphed .
Fig .
6 1 H i gh F r e q ue n cy C o i l G i v i ng M o d al i t i es .
A s the rays diver g e from the p o in t on the target

where they are pro duced th e image on the plate is
,
always enlar g ed Th e nearer th e p art is to th e tu b e

.
t h e greater the ma g nicat i o n .

HIG H FREQU ENCY CURRENT S 2 85
Fig . 6 3 P r o p e r P o s i t i on of Tu b e , P la t e an d Han d for a

S k i a gr aph .
2 86 EBER HART S MANU AL

or
In order to obtai n a p ictu r e without distortion of

the image th e followin g r ule must b e kept i n mi n d
An imagi nary l in e f r om the p o i n t on the targ e t w h e r e
th e r ay is g e n e r ate d t o th e ce n t e r Of the p l at e must
b e p e r p e n di cul ar to the p l a t e and pass thr ough the
ce n te r of the par t sk iagraph e d .
Fi g 6 3 s h ows the prop er r elatio n ship o f th e tub e

.
,
plate a n d h a n d for a S kiagraph of th e latter .
Th e lengt h o f exp osure is from a few seco n ds to

several minutes accordin g t o the app aratus em
,
ployed and th e density of the p arts A few ex

.
p e r im e n t al p ictures will e n able th e physicia n to de

termine t h e approximate time f or h is individual
outt .
Th e met h o d for developing is the s ame as f or or

d in ar y p h oto g raphic plates but takes much lon ger
, ,
ave r agi n g ab out te n to twe n ty minutes .
D e ntal Fil ms For skiagraphs of teeth a lm is

.
,
used Tw o small lms w r app ed in tw o O p aque p ap er

. ,
coverin gs is t h e way they are supplied to th e do ctor .
Th e lm is h eld inside t h e mouth b ack of t h e teeth

, ,
the smoot h S ide of th e p ap er toward th e tu b e H ead .
is adjusted so t h at th e line from tar g et to lm is in

:
accorda n ce wit h the rule g iven ab ove Wit h small .
mac h ines it will b e n ecessary to exp erime n t to g et

t h e time of exp osu r e I t will avera g e 30 to 60 se c
.
ouds Th e lms a r e develop ed was h ed and dried ;

.
,
t h e on e r etained by th e radio g r aph er the oth er by

,
t h e p atie n t .
HIG H FREQ U ENCY CU RREN rs
'
287
D ise as e s Gr ou p e d A c co r d ing to Te chni que In .
treatin g wi th th e X ray the average number of

-
treatments is three per week Th e le ng t h of ex.
p os u r e during the rst two weeks should n ot b e over
ve minutes eac h time to guard against possible idio

syncrasy to the ray .
Fig . 64 P or t abl e Co i l
X Ray
-
an d H i gh F r e q ue n c y .
A fter two we eks the treatment may b e le n gthened

to seven or i n some cases ten mi n utes and c on
, , , ,
tinu ed until improvement takes place or th e charac

t e r is tic reactio n app ears .
HIG H FREQU EN CY CURRENT S 289
Fig 6 4 a
.
A Me th od Of Apply ing D i a th e r my t o th e Ch es t .
toms are itchin g r e dn ess and pi g me n tatio n By

,
.
ke ep in g t h es e in mi n d it will b e p ossi b le to a v oid

seve r e bu rn s.
Mild bu rn s s h ould b e let alo n e a n d they su bwi ll

side o f t h eir o wn acco r d I n seve r e forms the co n
.
di tio n is a n X r ay g a ng re n e or n ec r osis a n d calls f or

-
su rg ical measu r es .
2 90 EBERHARr s
'
MANU AL oF
CH AP TER ELEVEN .
D iathe rmic Curr e nts .
Charac te ri st i cs an d S yn onyms
A s lo n g a g o as .
1 8 9 9 Prof D Ar s on v al n oticed t h at p assi n g the

.
,
D Ar son v al cu rr ent t h rou gh certai n tissues o f t h e

bo dy produced a h i gh e r temp e r atu r e in t h ese tissues .
Na g els c h midt D oyo n and ot h e r s conrmed t h ese

,
early observatio n s a n d t h e n ame di athe rmy was ap

,
plied to t h is met h o d of i n c r easin g t h e temp eratu r e

o f t h e in te r nal tissues Of t h e b ody .
Th e direct D Ar s on v al current is used a n d dia

,
th e r my is syn o n ymous also wit h t h e terms the rmo

p e ne t ra t i o n, e l e ctr o coagul ation a n d e l e ctr o t he rmi c
- -
co agul a t i on Th e applicatio n i s alwa y s b i p olar

.
-
.
I t really amou n ts to t h e applicatio n of e l e ctri cally

g e n e rate d he at w h ich may b e made to cove r cer
,
tain denite a r eas b etwee n t h e p oles of th e appa

ratus a n d may b e used to r aise the temp eratu r e of
, ,
the tissues or eve n car r ied t o t h e point of c oag u

latio n wi t h t h e format i o n a n d sep a r atio n o f a sloug h .
In t h e latte r case it is t h e e qui v ale n t o f a su rg ical

pro cedu r e .
We a r e fa mi lia r w i t h t h e acti o n of t h e g al v a ni c
curre n t . I f we p ass t h is cu rr e n t t hr ou gh wate r ,
o wing to elect r olysis t h e wate r is decompose d in to

,
h ydro g e n a n d oxy g e n w h ic h collect at th e p ositi v e

a n d n e g ative p oles r esp e ctively or if the cu r re n t is , ,
passed t hr ou gh a solutio n of p otassium iodide a n d

sta r c h a da rk colo r is immediately n oticed at t h e
,
n e g ative p ole due to t h e de comp osit i o n o f the p o

,
tassiu m io dide a n d co n se que n t actio n of t h e i o di n e

on t h e sta r c h solutio n I f we dip ou r h a n d in to t h e
.
w ate r wh ile t h e cu r re n t is p assi ng t h e r e is a dis

ti n ct ti ng li n g se n satio n .
I f n ow i n stead of usin g t h e g alva n ic cu rr e n t we

, , ,
p ass t h e di r e ct D Ar son v al curre n t throug h t h e w a

te r or solut i o n n o electrolytic actio n is appa r e n t

,
a n d t h e o n ly e ff ect is a n i n c r ease of temp e r atu r e i n

t h e solutio n as i s evide n ce d b y t h e in t r o du ct i o n of
,
a t h e r momete r w h ic h s h o ws t h e steady r ise in tem ~
p e r atu r e u n til t h e wate r b oils I t is estimated t h at .
w i t h t h e di at h e r mic cu rr e n t the i n ternal temp era

tu r e of t h e b o dy lo cate d b etwee n t h e points Of
,
app li catio n ca n b e r aised t o a temp erature o f 1 1 0

,
to 1 40 de gr ees Fa hr e nh eit thou gh many b elieve ,
1 10 de gr ees to b e ab out t h e limit O f ski n a n d tissue

r esistan ce .
Eff e cts .On accoun t of t h e r e b eing practically

n o S ki n r esista n ce to t h e p assa g e of t h e diat h e r mic
cu rr e n t t h e cu r re n t p asses di r ectly f r om o n e elec

,
t r ode to t h e ot h e r h eati n g t h e tissues th at l ie

,
b etwe e n t h e electrodes The cu rr e n t ca n b e co n ee n

.
tr ate d i n t h is ma nn e r , an d is alwa y s u n de r a b solute

Diat h e rmic currents are measured wit h t h e hot

wir e mete r .
Rang e of Use ful ne ss Outside of thei r us e in on e

.
form Of f ul g u r ation as ab ove r eferred to t h ey have ,
b ee n v ery successfully use d in con n ection wit h deep

Ro e n t g e n th erapy i n mali g n an t g rowths a n d i n th e
,
fo r m of i n crease d heat without carryin g i t to tissue

c oagulation i n arterioscle r osis lo cal o r periphe r al
, ,
disturb a n ces sciatica n euralgia lumb ago ast h ma

, , , , ,
n euritis h eadac h es a n d rheumatic o r ot h e r fo rms

,
o f art h ritis Ma n y other conditions n aturally su g

.
gest themselves where thes e curre n ts may b e em

ployed .
Te chni que For increase d i n ter n al h eat

. th e ,
met h o d o f th e us e of this cu r rent is as follows : Con

n e c tin g co r ds are attac h ed t o ele ct r o des o f suitable
siz e o r s h ap e for t h e p art th at is to b e treated .
These elect r o des are made eit h e r of solid discs or a ,
thi n b rass s h eet covered wit h absorb e n t material .
In o r de r to ma k e b ette r conta ct t h ey a r e rst cov

ered wi t h gauze saturate d wit h a n ormal salt solu
tion a n d the p art to b e treated is also moiste n ed
,
wit h this solutio n Th e co n trol of th e cur r e n t is

.
easily maintai n ed by using a mete r a n d th e ex act

amou n t t h at is a p plied ca n b e measu r e d at all
times In g e n eral treatme n t t h e cu r re n t is S lowly
.
,
tur n ed o n u n til t h e meter s h ows f r om 7 00 to 800

milliamp e r es p assin g and t h e n it is g radually in
,
creased u p to t h e tolera n ce o f t h e patie n t Th e .

294 EBERHARr

s M A NU AL or
op e r ato r s h ould r ememb e r t h at it is b etter to com

me n ce wit h a small cu rr e n t and g radually a n d u n i
fo r mly h eat t h e p art b etwee n th e ele ctro des r at h e r
t h a n to sta r t wi t h a h eavie r cur r e n t w h ere th e gr eat
est e e ct is n ea r e r t h e two elect r o des fo r if to o ,
muc h cu rr e n t is us ed t h e tissues n ea r the electrodes

,
will b e h eate d b eyo n d t h e p oi n t of tolera n ce b efo r e

the tissues t h at lie deeply a r e h eated as muc h as t h ey
should b e and bu r ns will b e pro duced
, .
Fig . 6 4b A Ne w El ec tr o d e for Mo d i e d D i a th e rmy .
In t h e s eco n d met h od w h ere coa g ulatio n a n d can

,
t e r iz ation are desired th e active elect r o de must b e

,
metalli c a n d if exte n si v e wo r k is to b e done a ma cs

,
th e sia i s r e qui r ed .
D r G E Pfahle r ( Jou rn al A dva n ce d Th e r ap e u

. . .
tics D ec 1 9 1 4 ) h as accomplishe d r emarka b le r e

,
.
,
su l ts by com bin i ng t h is met h o d wit h deep R o e n t g en
t h e r ap y i n mali gn a n t gr owths Th e work is do n e .
u n de r a n a n aest h etic as t h e p ain is s e v e r e I n most

'
.
,
o f h is cases et h e r was employed but in mout h cases ,
hyp ode r mic i n j ectio n s of o n e o r on e an d a h a l f

HIGH FREQ U EN CY CURRENT S
Fig .
Di ath e
6 4c r my El ectro d es .
H IGH FREQUENCY CU RRENI S
'
297
CHA P TER TWELVE .
High Fr e que ncy in D e ntistry .
Ge ne r al Fi e l d
'
of Use f ul ne ss
H i gh fr e que n cy cu r
.
rents are comi n g daily into mo r e a n d more fre que n t

use by de n tists Th ey are employed in pyo r r h ea i n
.
,
dryin g cavities i n devitalizin g teet h i n sterilizin g

, ,
root canals i n bleaching teeth i n abscesses i n l oc at

-
, , ,
in g devitalize d teeth and fo r t h e relief of p ai n The

, .
aut h o r is n ot a de n tist but h as tried to give in t h is

,
c h apte r a r esume of cu rr ent de n tal opi n io n a n d

te c hni que as g at h ered from va ri ous sou r ces Se v .
e r al de n tal elect r o des are illust r ated in Fig 6 8 . .
P y orr h e a Pyo rrh ea early ma n ifests itself by a

.
sli gh t r eddeni ng of t h e g ums at t h e ma rg i n s a n d a

te n de n cy to b leed on slig h t p r ovo cation A la rg e .
maj o r ity of p at i e n ts h a ving pyo r r h ea are a n emic ,
and in t h ese t h e g ums i n stead o f b e in g red may

, ,
h ave a yellow a n d discolo r ed app ea r a n ce a n d a r e

apt to b e abby or r ecedi ng i nstead of pu ff y In t h e .
_
seco n d sta g e of the dis ease pus app ea r s attacki ng

, ,
rst t h e p e r i de n tal membra n e

-
L ater t h e b o n y
.
so cket of the toot h may b e slowly eate n away or

destroyed . Th e gum g radually recedes and th e
to oth b ecomes lo ose i n its so cket a n d p ainful to the
touc h .
EBERHARr s MANU AL

29 8 or
F rom this we ca n se e at once indicatio n s fo r t h e

employme n t of hi g h fre que n cy cur r e n ts .
A Fr ench aut h ority s ays th at it is n ecessa ry to

dest r oy t h e micro b ic a n d su p pu r ative state of t h e
g ums cu r r e ct t h e depleted n utritio n in t h e t i ssues
,
a n d p r o duce a n ove r active pha g o cytosis a n d in c r ease

-
t h e in dex of leuco cytic dest ru ct i o n s For t h is r esult

.
o n e uses h i gh f r eque n cy cu rr e n ts wit h t h e gr eatest

suc cess i n t h e two forms t h e e fe u v e ( S p r ay ) a n d
,
t h e sp a rk .
Gr e me aux a n d A rn al ( l Est D e n tai r e S ept 1 9 1 3 )

, .
,

us e t h e h i gh fre que n cy as follows : On e in t r o duces
t h e metallic ful g uratio n electrode as fa r as p oss i ble
b etwee n t h e lo ose n ed g um a n d t h e toot h in o r de r ,
t h at the sp a rk may r ea c h all t h e r e cess es a n d pu ru

le n t fo ci Duri ng t h e O p e r atio n w h ic h lasts a n
.
,
ave r a g e of a mi n ute fo r eac h toot h o n e sees t h e

, ,
ma rgin of t h e gu m bla n c h a n d t h e pus b ubbl e out at

t h e n ec k of t h e to ot h Wh e n all of t h e r ecesses
.
h a v e b ee n p e n etrated t h e ful g uratio n p o in t i s r e

,
placed b y a small va cuum elect r o de w hi c h is p assed

,
ove r the exte rn al a n d i n te rn al su r face of t h e gums

fo r a b out te n mi n utes .
Th e y wait t hr e e o r fou r weeks to n ote r es ults b e

fo r e g ivin g a s eco n d t r eatme n t employing a rig o r
,
ous a n tisep tic r e g ime i n t h e mea n time co n sist ing in

,
b r us hin g wit h a n alkal in e powder n i gh t a n d mo rn

in g a n d n umerous rinsi n gs with b oiled wate r etc
, ,
.
A bout a wee k afte r the treatme n t t h e p atie n t mas

H I G H FREQUEN CY CuRREN rs
' 299
6 6DA Outt for D iath ermy

Fig
. r s on val .
H IG H FREQU ENCY CURRENT S 30 1
Me y thl A lcohol 50 ce n ti g rammes

D istilled Water 20 g rammes

M Filter
. .
This solution favors ionizatio n and lesse n s the

resistan ce O f the tissues to po r osity .
A pad is the n s oaked in a te n p e r ce n t a queous

solution of bichromate of potas h and h eld over fou r
teet h and a vacuum ele ctro de h eld over this for
ab out fteen minutes with close contact H e o n ly
,
.
treats four teeth at a time I n adva n ced cases he

.
uses a metal p oi n t and car r ies a few sp a r ks up i n to

the infe cted ca n als .
The vacuum tub e applicatio n is f or cataphoric

purposes an d on e of the electro des illustrate d h ere
,
with havin g a cup to hold the saturate d cotto n may

b e used fo r t h is pu r p ose .
H e rep eats this treatment every se co n d day some ,
times g i v i ng t h ree v e minute seances wit h ei g ht

-

mi n utes rest b etwee n U sually four treatments p r o
.
duce a cure o ccasi onally six seve n or eig h t h ave

, ,
b ee n r equired During th e whole cou r s e of treat

.
me n t t h e p atient washes th e mout h S ix times a day

wit h t h e followi ng solutio n usi n g h alf a g lass eac h
,
time
S o dium salicylate 10 g rammes
S o dium u or osil ic ate 2 g rammes
Distilled water 1 litre
3 02 EBERHARr
'
s MANU AL OF
Dr I rwin J ir k a applies met h yl salic y late in t h es e

.
cases drivi ng it i n wit h t h e vacuum elect r o de H e

, .
t r eats f or ei g ht min utes eve r y othe r day R epo r ts .
a n umb er of cases cured in t hr e e to ftee n t r eat

ments H ubb el uses the catapho r esis elect r o d e r st
.
and then the ball p ointed pyorrhea elect r o de to mas

sage t h e g ums f or ve or S ix mi n utes eac h treating ,
daily un til improveme n t takes place .
D e s iccat ion Me tallic Ionizat ion an d P h or e sis I

, .
have b ee n fur n ished with a tra n slatio n of a pap er

by D r A A Nouel of V enezuela This p ap er r ead
. . . .
,
at the D ental S ection of the Medical Co ngr ess at

Caracas in 1 9 1 1 is e n titled ,
D esiccation Metallic , ,
I onizatio n a n d Phoresis of t h e Ca n als i n On e S it

,

ting wit h H i gh Fr e que n cy Cu rr e n ts Th e aut h o r s .

methods seem to b e distinctly ori g i n al H e sp ea k s .
O f usi n g at rst a coil and r esonator a n d wit h t h is
used io dide of p otash b ecause this ch emical absorb ed

the ozo n e when th e cur r ent was i n t r o duced in to in
f e cte d root ca n als A fte r fou r yea r s of exp e r ime n t
.
ing h e found a met h o d a n d a machi n e that enabled

him to get simulta n eously metallic i o n izatio n a n d
thermop e n et r atio n .

H e says : I h ave use d the high fre que n cy
coil but eve n t h ou gh t h e mac h i n e is j ust as e fcie n t
,
as other more p owe r ful coils fo r ful g uratio n w it h

vacuum electrodes a n d wit h t h e ozo n e inh ale r in ,
the desiccatio n o f the ca n als th e cu rr e n t is foun d to ,
be of too p r o n ou n ced faradic cha r acter .

H I G H FREQUEN CY CU RRENr s
'
303
I h ave also us ed se v e r al ot h e r typ es of h i gh fr e

qu e n cy machin es a n d foun d t h e on e most sui table
,
g i vin g a smo oth h i gh fre que n cy cur r e n t wi t h out

,
a n y faradic sensation suc h as is use d in d i at h e rmy

, .
I n this case th ere will b e felt by t h e p atie n t n ot hing
Fig .
D e
68 nt al El ec tr o d es .
but a pro g ressive i n c r eas e of wa r mt h i f t h e r e i s n o ,
co n ti n uity of solut i o n I f t h e r e is o n e n o matte r

.
,
h ow small b eside th e pro g ressive t h e r mic i n c r ease

, ,
t h ere wi ll result an ionizatio n of t h e ca n al in w h ic h

a small arc will b e established Th is ar e is fo rmed .
betwee n th e walls of t h e canal and exte n ds th e full

le ng t h of the ele ctro de .
H IGH FREQUENCY CU RREN I S
'
305
p h or ic actio n of t h e curr e n t t h us fo r min g a

,
deposit
of oxide o r b i oxide of coppe r
-
whic h wi ll
,
p e r ma
n e n tly act as a disi n fe cta n t I s h all late r on
. explai n
t h e met h o d t hr ou gh w h ic h its actio n i s b rou gh
ab out .
Al t h ou gh a te e th may b e p r ofou n dly i n fecte d

( it is u n de r stoo d t h at I r efer to a toot h wi t h out
'
pulp ) wit h i n ammatio n of t h e p e rio do n tium wit h

, ,

a n abscess or stula it can b e S topp ed i n one sit
,
tin g fea r in g n o ulte r io r difculties if this n ovel

, ,
met h o d i s employe d .
Th e te c hni que is v e r y simple : A fte r the pulp

c h amb e r is op e n it is to b e moiste n e d wit h a small
qua n tity of tr ik r e s ol a n d io dofo r m or tr ikr e sol a n d
formali n afte r w h ich th e ele ct r o de is applied b e i ng
, ,
held at a dista n ce of a half to on e millimete r a n d

mo v in g it o ve r t h e surface u n til the cavi ty is dry A .
bro ac h is n ow employed b ei n g op erated i n to o n e

,
half t h e le n g th o f the ca n al dryin g with cotto n a n d

,
c ompressed air n ot too wa r m ; th e n th e copp er wire

,
is i n tro duced a n d t h e current tur n ed on f or ve min

utes Th e broac h is n ow used a g ain this time r each
.
,
i n g to the ap ex Th e ca n al n ow b ein g p erfe ctly

.
freed from t h e bits o f pulp a n d other fo r eig n bo dies ,
is n ow t h orou gh ly dried wit h cotto n in se r ts The .
copp e r electro de treatme n t is the n r ep eated for ve

minutes and after t h is time h as elapsed the to ot h
, ,

may b e stopp ed .
EBERHARr s MA N UAL

306 OF
'
Th e g r eat efcacy of this mo dal i ty is supp o r ted

by the fact t h at t h e de n tal ca n als co n sta n tly mai n
tai n a ce r tain h umidity w h ic h s e rv es as a n eas y
,
co n ducto r fo r t h e in t r o ductio n O f t h e io n ized metal ,
a n d p e rmi ts t h e easy access of t h e owin g in p r o cess

-
of t h e o zo n e w h ile b ei ng d ri ed by t h e th e rmop e n e
tr ation w hi c h g o es to complete t h e oxidatio n a n d

,
t h e co n se quent coat in g Of copp e r le aving i t p e r ma

,
n e n tl y deposited i n a state of oxide or b i oxide o f -
copp e r .
Ab sce sse s The de n tal te c hn ique ad vi sed by s ome

.
op e r ato r s co n sists in te n o r fte e n m in ute appli ca

tio n s of a mild cu rr e n t i n co n tact wi t h t h e c h e e k ,
followed by t h e use of o n e of t h e cata ph o r es i s elec

t r odes co n ta in i ng cotto n satu r ated wi t h io din e an d
aco nite solutio n Du r at i o n of t h is appli cat i o n a b out
.
ei gh t or te n mi n utes J irk a uses met h yl s a licylate

.
,
a n d also sp ea k s of fo r mo c r esol w h ic h I in fe r is used

-
,
wit h t h e catap h o r esis elect r ode .
D rs B a r b e r a n d Va n Val k e n bu rg h ave r epo r ted a

.
case wh e r e t h e coppe r wire was employed in t r eat

i ng a n a b scess .
P ost-ope r ative P ains For t h e p ai n s a n d so r e n ess

.
existi ng afte r ext r actio n o r afte r setti n g b r id g es o r

c r own s t h e use of t h e catap h o ri c elect r o d e wi t h a n y
,
suitable solutio n h as b ee n r ecomme n d e d followe d ,
by applicatio n O f mild cu rr e n t wi t h t h e ball p oi n ted -
pyo rrh ea elect r ode .

H IGH FREQUENCY Cu RREN rs
'
30 7
S te r i l izingR oot Canals An othe r me th o d of ste r

.
il iz in g r oot ca n als is t h e touc h i ng of t h e p o in ted

de n tal elect r o de ( ca r ryi ng cu rr e n t e n ou gh fo r a
h alf in c h spa r k ) to a br o ac h w h ic h h as p r eviously
-
,
Fig . 69 P orta b le Out t for De nt ists .
bee n inserted i n t h e ca n al The b r o ac h ca rr ies t h e

.
cur r e n t i n to t h e ca n al The d ir ect D Ar son v al cur

.

re n t may b e used t h e same way .
B le aching the Te e th H u b b el says :

. Place y our
bleac hing solutio n on a br e of as b estos o r c otto n ,
placin g it i n t h e cavity of t h e to ot h a n d applying

In devitalizi n g t h e teeth a small crystal of n ovo

cai n is placed in t h e c a v ity or if n o cavity i s app ar
, ,
e n t cut in to th e e n amel with a very small sto n e

, ,
placi ng a crystal of n ovo cain t h erein a n d dippi n g

th e tip of t h e ele ctro de i n ad r e n ali n A pply t h e
.
high fre que n cy cu r re n t to t h is w i th a very mild ow

o f cur r e n t t h e same as i n O btun di ng se n sitive de n tine ,
usi ng the cu rr e n t f or ab out o n e mi n ute Drill into.
t h e teet h u n ti l as close to the pulp cavity as p ossible

wi t h out u nn ecessary pain a n d a g ai n apply a crystal
,
of n ovo cai n a n d use t h e curr e n t f or ab out a min ute

to a min ute and a half a n d i n most cases it is the n
,
possible to cut i n to t h e pulp cavity I f t h e n erve

.
is t h e n se n sitive pressure a n est h esia is advisable

,
.
Th e g reatest trouble t h at we n d i n g ettin g success

from this treatme n t is t h e i n abilit y o f t h e operato r
to successfully co n t r ol h is cu rr e n t as it takes co n
,
s id e r ab l e p r actice i n order to g et the prop er amou n t
o f stimulation . B ut after some exp erime n ti ng it

, ,
is possi b le to get results in the maj o r ity of cases .
H ubb el .
3 10 EBERHARr

s MANU AL OF
GLOS S AR Y .
Name s of D ise as e s an d Te rms D e ne d in the Te xt
Amp e r e Th e u n it of cu rr e n t st r e ng t h or i n te n sity
. .
A ne mia A decie n cy i n qua n tit y o r quality of the

.
bloo d .
A rte r i ol e A small a r tery

. .
A se p sis Fre edom f r om septi c matte r o r i n fection

. .
Atoni c L acki ng to n e
. .
Atr ophy Wasti ng of a pa r t

. .
Bi p ol ar
-
A ttac h ed to b ot h poles of t h e appa r at u s
. .
Capill ar i e s H ai r like v ess els co nn ecti ng t h e a r teri

.
-
oles wit h th e smallest v eins .
Carbon d ioxi d e CO, A p oiso n ous g as elimi n ated

. .
t hr ou gh t h e lu ng s .
Car b on d i oxi d e snow U n der hi gh pressu r e the g as

.
l i qu e e s a n d on libe r atio n t h e e v aporatio n p r o

duces s n ow like cr y stal s which are moulded a n d
-
applie d to a gr owt h t h at is to b e removed I t .
is f r oze n a n d sep arates i n 1 0 to 1 2 days wit h out
leav in g a scar .
Cataphore sis Dri v ing a substa n ce i n to the tissues

.
b y mea n s of a n ele ctric cur r e n t .
Coag ul um A clot . .
HIGH FREQUENCY CU RREN rs
'
311
Conde nse r l e e ctrod e

A va cuum tub e co n tain in g a
.
metal dis k w h ic h acts as o n e plate of a co n

de n ser t h e tu b e wall b eing t h e di elect r ic a n d
,
-
th e bo dy surfa ce in co n tact t h e ot h e r plate , .
S how n i n Fi g 21 . .
Conductor . A mate r ial r eadily tra n smittin g ele c

tr icity .
Contr a indi cat e d

-
. Not indicated .
D e rmati t is An in ammatio n of t h e s k i n ; us ed to
.
si gn ify t h e in ammatio n p r o duced by a n ove r

dos e of the X r ay or X r ay bu rn -
,
-
.
D i e l e ctri c A substa n ce s ep a r ati ng two c h ar g es of

-
.
elect r i c i ty i n a c o n de n s er as t h e g lass i n a L ey ,
de n j a r .
D ipl opl a . D ouble v is io n .
Efe uve . Th e n e
sp r ay from a va cuum tube or
ot h e r elect r ode to o n e to b e te rmed a spa rk
, .
El e ctr olysis Br ea king up a comp ou n d in to its ele

. .
me n ts by mea ns of a n electric curre n t Elect r ic .
an alys i s .
Eliminati on . Ca rr yi ng a substa n ce ou t o f t h e sys

tem .
End arte ri tis . In ammatio n of the l i n i ng of a n ar

te r y .
Eschar oti c . Caustic .
Exu d ate A substa n ce deposited i n or o n a tissue

.
,
eit h e r b y vi tal actio n o r by dis ease .

HI G H FREQUENCY CURRENT S 3 13
Me tab olism p r o cess of c h an gi ng i n orga n ic ma

. The
te r ial s in to livi ng cells .
Milli amp e r e On e o n e thousa n dth o f an ampere

.
-
.
Th e u n it o f dosa g e of medical electricity .
Mod ali ty A n y on e of t h e di ff ere n t forms o f elec

.
tr icity .
Monop ol ar . Co nn ected to
pole on e .
Mye locyte A p at h olo g ical white bloo d cell fou n d

.
i n leukemia .
Ne ur osis A nervous disease esp ecially a functional

.
on e .
Ohm . Th e u n it of r esista n ce to t h e p assage of an

electri cal cu rr e n t .
Oricial .Pertai n i n g to on e o f th e op e n ings or or i

c e s of t h e b ody .
Ox id ati on Combi n i n g or causin g to comb ine wit h

.
oxygen S ame as oxidizatio n

. .
Oxyhe mog l ob in H emo g lobin c h arged with oxyge n

.
in th e a r te r ial b lo od .
P hag ocytosis Th e destruction Of harmful cells by

.
cells called p h a g o cytes wh ic h e nv elop a n d ah

so r b t h em .
P hysiologi cal Natu r al or n ormal . .
P l asti c Te n di n g to b uild up o r form tissues as a

.
plastic exudate .
P oikil ocyt e s Malfo r med o v er sized n o n n ucleated

.
,
-
,
-
r ed b lo o d co rp uscles p r es e n t i n p e rn icious a n d
ot h e r a n emi as .
P ote ntial Elect r ic p r essu r e ( measu r ed in v olts )

. .
3 14 EBERHARr s

M A N UAL OF
R e cip r ocal . Th e recipro cal of a fractio n is t h e in

versio n Of it Th us the r e cip r o cal of V
.
2 is 2 1
-
or 2 .
S e r o sangui n ous . S erum a n d blo od mixed .
S ol e n o i d A coil of wire
. .
S upp ura t i o n Formatio n of pus . .
S u pp ur at iv e Te n di n g to fo r m pus
. .
S upra A b ove
. .
S up r a o rb it al
-
A b ove the orbit o r eye
. .
Te nsi o n 1
. Electromotive force ; p otential
. 2 . .
P r essure as th e p ressu r e of bloo d i n the ar

,
te r ie s .
Th e r mos tat . A n apparatus re g isteri ng h eat e x p an

sio n or regulatin g a mecha n ism throug h thi s
actio n .
Transfo r me r A coil that changes th e volta g e I f

. .

it increases it it is called a step u p t r ans ,
-
fo r mer .
Uni p ol ar Con ne cted to on e p ole ; same as mo n o

.
p ola r .
Volt Th e u n it of electrical p r essure

. .
HI G H FRE Q U EN CY cu REN rs R '
3 15
IND EX
B ip o l a T esl a t ec h n i que 9 1
r , ,
la dde r d i se a se S e e c y s t i ti s
.
B , , .
A b scess 1 5 8 306 - . B l a dde p api ll om a o f 9 6

r,
m a s t o i d 1 58 2 3 7 B le a c hi n g t ee th 307
, , .
- .
, , .
p el vi c 2 47 , . B le pha i t i s 1 8 2 r .
B l i n d n ess 1 8 3
,
Ac n e r os a cea 1 5 8
v ul ga r i s 1 5 9 ,
,
.
.
B l o d p essu e 1 2 0 1 7 0
o r
,
r
.
,
- .
A c t i n omy c os i s 1 6 2 . . i n a t e r i scle r s i s 1 70 o ro , .
Ade n i t i s see t u b e cul o s s O f r i i n va r i ou s d i se ases 1 3 4 .
glan ds 2 6 2
,
h i gh 1 7 0 2 2 5
,
-
, . , .
Ad h es i on s 1 6 3 l ow 2 2 5
p el vi c 2 4 7 .
.
. ,
m e t h o d o f tak i n g 1 2 0
.
, .
A dj us t a b le t u b e h a n dle 5 4 B i ls see fu u n cul s i s

,
, . o , r o .
Al b u m i n u ia 1 6 3 r ,
. B r a c hia l n eu i t i s 2 44 r
Alc oh o l i s m 1 6 4 2 03 B ai n fag 1 8 5
, .
- r
, . , .
A l p ec ia 1 6 4
o , . B e a s t s a bb y 2 1 0
r , , .
Al t e na t i n g cu r e n t 1 4
r r , . B ig h t s d i se a se 1 6 3
r

, .
Al t e n a t i n 1 3
r o , . B ro n c hia l a s t h m a see a s t h m a ,
Am e n h e a 1 6 6
,
or r . 180 186 - .
A n a l ssu e 2 1 0 nc hi ti s
,
B 1 87 277
p u i t us 2 5 1
ro -
r , . .
B u n s h ig h f eque n c y 6 4
,
r r , . r , r , .
A n emia 1 6 9 2 76 ,
- .
-
X - r ay , 2 8 8 .
A n eu i sm 1 6 9
r . .
A n t e r i o p l i omy el i t i s 2 2 8
r o , .
A pp e n d i c i t i s c a t a h a l 1 7 0 , rr . C a ll ous 1 8 8 , .
A r t e i scle o s i s 1 7 0
,
r o r , . C a n ce 1 8 8 r, .
A r t i cul a r h eu m a ti sm 2 5 4 r , . C a ni t i es see gr ay h ai r , .
A se p s i s 7 3 , . Ca b u n cle 1 8 8
r .
A s t h e n o pia 1 7 9
,
, . Ca ci n ma 1 88
r o , .
A s t h m a 1 80 1 8 6 2 7 7 - -
. Ca t aph o es i s 8 9 3 0 2 r ,
-
A t ax i a l c om o to 2 3 4
,
Ca t a a c t 1 8 9
.
,
o r, . r , .
A t c ic d i l a t i on o f t h e s t om a c h
r Ca t arr h f b l a dde r see c y s t i t i s
o , .
l ga b ow els see c o l i t i s
n o se see n a s a l c a ta r h a n d
.
A t p h i c r h i n i t i s 2 46
,
rO , .
,
r
A t phy of Op t i c n er v e 1 8 2
ro oz e n a
w m b see ce v i c i ti s
, . .
Au th o s a u t c o n de n s a t i o n p a d
r

o , o r .
Ca u t e iza t i on 8 7
,
1 08 1 0 9 -
D A r onv a1 su gi ng s 1 1 5 r .
,
Ca u t i n s 7 2 1 1 5
.

s pa t ul a t e t u b es 5 4
s r . o ,
-
.
C ellul a m a ss ag e 2 0
,
, . r .
A u t o c n de n sa t i on 3 9 1 03 Cellul i t i s 1 9 0
,
- o -
,
c uc h 1 0 4
.
, .
o , . Ce e b a l h e m o hag e 1 90
r r rr
lo c al 1 1 8
.
m e a su e m e n t f 7 9 C e vi c a l a de n i t i s see t u b e c u
,
-
, . r , r
r o , . l o s i s o f g l a n ds 2 6 2 .
p a d 1 08 Ce v i c i t i s 1 9 1
,
, . r
pa d h m e m a de 1 09
,
Ce vix e o s i o n s o f 2 08
.
i n ammat ion of 1 9 1
-
, o r r .
A u t c o n duc t i n 1 0 1
, .
, ,
o- o , .
, .
Cha n c o i d 1 9 3 r .
Cha n g e of l i fe 2 8 8
,
.
,
Chi l b l a i n s 19 3
a ld n ess 1 6 4
.
,
B , . Ch l o a s m a see m o t h pa t c h es .
-
.
Ba b e r s i tc h see c y c o
r

s is Ch l sis 1 69 279
or o ,
-
.
Ch o e a 1 9 4
, .
Ba sed o w s d i sea s e 2 1 3

, . r . .
H IGH FREQ U EN CY CU RRE NT S
-
m or p h i n e or O p ium , 203 . Le y de n j a 2 2 r,
H ai r fal l i n g 2 2 1 i c h en 2 33
.
L
gr ay 2 1 5 , , .
L
,
igh t i n g t u b e n o t p o f
.
h ig h
l o ss f 1 6 4 ,
o
.
. f equ e n c y cu e n t 2 1
r rr
ro of
Ha n dles f or t u b es 5 4
.
L i t h e m ia see g u t
, ,
, . o
Lo c m o t o a t ax i a 23 4
, .
Ha y fe v e 22 1 2 77 r, - . o r .
Lo ss o f ha i r 1 6 4
,
H e a d a ch e 2 2 1 , . .
H e a t d i se a se 2 23 Lo w b l d p essu e 2 2 5
,
r . oo r r
H e a t p e n e t a ti n 2 9 0 L w f eque n c y c u e n t s
, , .
r o , . o r rr
H e m o h i ds 2 2 4 Lu b i c a t i n f t u b es 7 1
,
rr o , . r o o
H e p es z o s t e Lu m b ag
, .
r 2 24 r, . 2 36 o.
H igh b l o o d p essu e 1 7 0 22 5 Lu p us 23 7
.
r r -
, .
, .
H igh f eque n c y b u n s 6 4 r r , . M
c on s t i t u t i n a l effec t s 6 2 6 4 o ,
-
.
d n e d 1 3 e . M a s t oi d ab scess 2 3 7
de v el op m e n t o f 2 2 M a s to i d i t i s 2 3 7
, , .
.
, , .
m e a su e m e n t f 4 1 r o , . M e a su r i n g d o s a g e 41 7 7 7 9
phy s i l g i c a l a c t i o n o f 6 0 M a s u i i n g hi g h f r eque n cy
, .
o o 41 ,
g0
'
.
su gi n g s 1 1 5
, ,
r , . Sz
t h e apy 1 5 2 M ed i u m fr eque n c y 1 8
W a t e s p ay 1 1 7 r , .
M s t r u a t i o n su pp r ess i on
, .
X ay 2 7 9 -r
r
,
r
.
, .
egfi
, of,
H iv es 2 6 7 , . M e n o pa use 2 3 8
H t W i e m e t e r 42
,
M e n o r r hagia 2 39
.
-
o r , .
, .
Hyp e es t h e t i c hi n i t i s 2 2 1
r r , . Me t e r h ot W i r e 4 2
,
-
H yp e t e n s i n 2 2 5 M e t r o r r hagia 2 3 9
, .
r o .
Hyp e t phy o f p s t a t e see M i gr a in e 2 3 9

, , .
r ro ro
p o s ta t e d i se a ses M o les 2 4 0
, , .
r
H ypo t e n s i n 2 2 5
. , .
o . Mo lluscu m c o n ta g i o s i u m 2 40
Hy s t e i a 2 2 6 M or phi n e h abi t 2 03
, , .
r , .
,
M ot h pa t c h es 2 40
.
,
M uc o us c o l i ti s 1 9 5
.
M uscul a r r h eu m a t i s m 2 5 4
.
,
My x ede m a 2 40
, .
I mp e t igo 2 2 7 . ,
I m p o te n ce 2 2 7
, .
, .
I n c n t i n e n ce o f u i n e 2 2 8
o r N
I n d ig es t i o n i n t es t i n a l 2 31
.
,
, .
I n d i ec t s pa k s 1 1 8
,
r r N a s a l c a t a rr h 2 40
d i se a ses 2 40
I n f a n t i le pa a l y s i s 2 2 8
, .
, .
r .
I n ue n za see g r ipp e
, , .
, . t ec h n i que 1 42
I n s o m n ia 2 2 8 2 7 8 , .
-
N e ph i t i s 1 6 3
r
I n sul a t ed t u b es 5 2
.
, , .
. N e v ous de b i l i t y 2 4 2
r -
2 78
I n t es t i n a l i n d i g es t i o n 2 31
,
N eu a s t h e n ia 2 42
.
,
r
I n tr a o cul a h e m o hag e 2 31
.
,
N eu a l gia 2 42
.
,
-
r rr r
b l i n d n ess f r om 1 8 3
, .
N eu i t i s 2 44
.
,
r
I i t i s 2 31
, .
. .
r , .
I tc h i n g 2 5 1 , .
Ob es i y t , 2 45 .
Opa c i y t c ea 1 9 7
of or n
el oi d
.
pi u ha bi ,
! , 232 . O m t, 2 0 3
p i c e v e a phy o f
.
O t n r tr o ,
ch i i s
,
L Or t 2 45 , .
ec h i que 8 8
Or i fi c i ai t n
y gi i s 2 3 2
La r n t Osc i ll a i t on, 1 3
, ,
euc h e a 23 2
,
elec i c l
. .
L o rr o tr a , 2 6
eu e i a 232
, .
i is
.
L k m , . O t t , 2 45 .
3 18 EBER HART S MA NUAL
or
O u d i n s r e on tor , 40

s a . R ec t a l d i se as es 2 5 3
t ec h n i que 1 43 , .
e a
O z n , 2 46 . , .
z e
O on , 2 7 0 R ec t u m p r o l a p s e of 2 5 0
, .
R e d n o se 1 5 8
.
e fec s u ii
.
e h ds a d i i s e i g
f
m t o
t o f o n n tr t o n , 2 7 2
cf mn t rn ,
.
R es on a to 40 r,
,
.
.
R es t or i n g g a y h ai r 2 1 5
h s i l gi c a l a c i
271
p y oo
.
t on of , 2 7 0 R e ti n i t i s 2 5 3 ,
r
.
, .
R h eu m a t i s m 2 54
.
R i g g s d i se a se 2 5 2 2 9 7
.
,

p ,
-
R i n gw o m see t i n e a
.
P i ffar d s 1 0 8
,
Rod e n t ulce
.
Pa d a u to c n de n sa t i on 1 08
, o , . 2 57 r, .
, .
P ap i lloma 9 6 2 46 . S
P r a ly s i s
.
a
a gi ta n s 24 6 2 46 , .
i n fant i le 22 8 S ca l p tr e a tm e n t 1 45
car s 2 5 7
, . , .
. S . .
o f s ph i n c t er c ia t i c a 2 5 7
,
-
2 47 , .
S , .
P a t i e n t p e p a r a t i o n of 8 3
, r S e bo rr h oe a 2 58
Pel v i c a b scess 2 47
, .
S e m i n a l e m i ss i on s 2 5 8
, .
a d h es i o n s 2 47
,
S e x u a l i m p o t e n ce 2 2 7
, .
S h i n g les 2 2 4
, .
e x ud a t es 2 47
, .
Pe i d 1 4
. , .
r o , S i c k h e a d a c h e see migr ai n e
S i n us i t i s 2 5 8
.
Pe i od i c i t y 1 6 , .
r ,
Pe r i o s t i t i s 2 47
. , .
, . S i n us o i d a l cu r e n t 1 8 r
Pe tuss i s 2 7 7 S k iagr a ph 2 8 2
, .
r .
P har y n gi t i s 2 48
,
S k i n c a n ce r 2 08
, .
Ph le b i t i s 2 48
,
S k i n d i se a ses 2 5 9
, . .
, . .
P ia no 11ay e r s c ra mp 2 6 9 t ec h n i que i n 8 4
.

-
P i le s 2 4 ,
S lee p less n ess 2 2 8 2 78
,
. .
-
, ,
S or e t h o a t see p h a yn gi t i s
.
P i m p les 1 5 9 r r
a n d l a r yn g i t i s
, . ,
P i tyr i as i s 2 48 , . .
Pl a t e gl a ss m e t h od 1 1 8 ,
S pa r k s i n d i r ec t 1 1 8
, ,
Pleu r i s y 2 48
. .
. . S phyg m o m a n o m e t e r 1 2 0
P n eu m on ia 2 49 S prains 2 5 9
, .
, . .
P o li o my e l i si s 2 2 8 S t eri l i t y 2 5 9
,
P o s t f a c t u r e c on d i t i o n s 2 4 9
, . ,
S t er i l i zi n g r oot c a n a ls 30 7
,
t u b es 7 3
r -
Po s t o p e r a t iv e c o n d i ti o n s 2 49
, . , .
pa i n s 30 6 ,
S t i ff n ec k see t or t i c o ll i s an d
.
,
-
.
, ,
Pr epa a t i o n f pa t i en t 83
r o r h eu m a t i s m
Pro c t i t i s 2 50
.
S t i c tu r e 2 6 0
.
, r ,
S u b i n v lu t i on 2 6 0
.
P ol ap se o f r ec tu m 2 5 0
.
r - o
Pr o s ta t i c d i sea ses 2 50 , . , .
S u p e r u o u s f a t , 2 45
t ec h n i que 1 43
, . .
-
S u p p ru r a t io n , 2 6 0
Pr u i tu s 2 51
, .
u gi gs a u h s
.
S r n
r , . , t or , 1 1 5
v ul va e 2 5 1 yc s i s
.
a ni 2 5 1 , . S o , 260 .
, y vi i s
S no t , 2 6 1
Psor i a s i s 2 5 2
. .
, .
Puls ato ry cu r r e nt s 1 6 T
Pulse pr essu r e 1 2 5
, .
w
.
,
Pu r p u r a r h eu ma t i c a 25 2
T ab e s d o r s a l i s 2 8 4
Py orr h e a 2 5 2 2 9 7 . . , .
Te ch nl u e b i p o l a r T esl a -
Py o sa l p i nx 2 53
, . ,
, . cl a ss fl oa t i on o f 7 1 , .
d i a t h e m i c 2 90 r , .
e ar , 1 36 .
e ye , 1 39
fu n gus 1 6 2
.
Ra y . g en e r a l 8 4 , .
ud s d i se a se
,
Ra y na n a s a l 1 42

,
253 , , .
arcs FREQ UENCY CU RREN TS 3 19
or i c i aJ, 88 a dles f or 5 4
h n .
s u la t e 54
.
p s a ic
ro t t 1 43 pa t .
v a cuu m 45 6 3
.
, ,
rec u
t m , 1 43 , , .
va r i o us f rm s 45
.
sc al p , 1 45 . o , .
s ki n 84 X ra y 2 8 0
-
,
T u n i n g c o i ls 40
. .
i , 1 36
s ec a l
p a
.
,
T yp e s o f a ppa r a t us
.
t ro t, 1 47 . , 30 .
u e h al
r t r , 1 47 .
u e i e
t r n , 1 49 . U
va cuu m t u b es 7 1 1 3 6 .
-
Ulce s c h r on i c 1 9 4
,
va gi na l 1 49 r , .
U e t h r a l t ec h n i que 1 47
. ,
T ec h n i que f or a u to c on de n sa
,
-
r ,
.
t i o n 1 03 U eth i ti s 26 7
r r . .
U i c a c i d c n d i t i ons 2 6 7
.
a u to c o n duc t i n 1 01
,
- o . r o .
, ,
ca ta p h or es i s 8 9 . U ti c a i a 2 6 7
r r .
U t e r i n e d i se a ses 2 7 0
, .
c a u t e i za ti on 8 7 9 1
r - .
,
.
ful gu a t i on 9 1 t ec h n i qu e 1 4 9
,
r . , .
o i ia l t e a t m e n t s
,
r c 88 1 43
r ,
- .
rel i ef o f p ai n 8 7 , . V
s k i n d i se a ses 8 4 , .
su r f a ce les i n s 8 4 V a cuu m b lue or b lue w h i t e

c l or e ffec t f 46
-
o , . ,
t ak i n g b l o d p essu r e 1 2 0
,
o r , .
o o , .
va cuu m t u b es 7 1 1 3 6
,
h i gh low o r m ed i u m 46
e d or e d p i n k 4 6
-
, , .
T ee t h t r ea t m e n t of 2 9 7
,
r -
, , . r , .
T esl a co i l 35 V a cuu m t u b es 4 5
p or trai t o f f ro n t i s p i ece
, .
c ar e o f 7 3
, ,
e ffec t s of 6 1
. .
,
t r a n sf o m e r 3 5
,
lu b r i c a t i on of 7 1
r ,
. .
t yp e 3 5
,
t ec h n i que w i t h 7 1 1 3 6
.
.
,
T h e r apy h i gh f r e que n c y 1 5 2
,
-
z on e 2 7 0 . .
. .
V a gi n a l t e c h n i que 1 49
,
X ray 2 7 9
o
-
,
,
.
. V agi n i t i s 2 6 8 .
, .
T h e rm i c p e n e t a t i o n 2 90
,
r , . V a i c cele 2 6 8
r o . .
T h o a t d i se a ses 2 6 1
r , . V a r i c o se ulce r s 2 6 8 , .
t ec h n i qu e 1 4 7 , .
T i c d oul e ux 2 6 1
or , W
T i n ea 2 6 1
,
. .
T i n n i t us a u i u m 2 6 1 2 7 6 r - . W ar ts 26 9
T n s i ll i ti s 2 6 2
, .
W h oo pi n g c o u g h
,
o . 2 77 .
T n s i ll o t o m y 2 6 2
, ,
o W r i t er s c r amp

269
t i c oll i s 2 6 2
, , .
W r y n ec k 2 6 2
,
T or , .
T r ac h o m a 2 6 2
, .
Tr a n sfo m e T esl a 35
,
r r, , . X
T u b e r cul o s i s
of gl ands 2 6 2 .
of lu n g s 2 6 3 , . X - r ay
b u s , 27 9 .
of p er i ton eu m 2 6 3 , . rn 288
d i se as e s su i ta b le
,
of s ki n see lu p us , .
m ent by 2 8 7
f o r tr e a t
T u b es i n sul a t ed 5 2
.
,
, .
.
t u b e 2 8 ,
.

AWorkingManualofHighFrequencyCurrents 10309354 PDF

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

AWorkingManualofHighFrequencyCurrents 10309354 PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

CO P Y RIGH T 1 9 1 1 , B Y N O B LE M .

The lite r ature o n H i gh Fre que n cy Curre n ts is n ot

exte n s i ve and most of it is to o tech n ical fo r t h e

applicatio n of t h ese cur r e n ts t h a n h e is i n t h e p r e

For t h is r easo n I h ave g ive n compa r at i vely little

or a n ot h e r of whi c h all of t h e mach in es are b ased .

My in tention has b e e n to make this a p r actical

I h ave expressed my i n dividual O pinio n on ma n y

wit h t h at of othe r authors but it is b ased up on ,

My indebtedn ess for data furnishe d is ack n ow l

edged to Drs W B S n ow W H Kin g H E Waite . . .

S wett , J B Wantz Wm Meye r S amuel

Edwin L . Edwards , H . L Kahl .

and F H W app l e r T B Mc Cl in t ock C E A n de r

I . D en ition o f H igh F re que n cy Curre n t ;

A lternation ; Cycle ; Perio d ; Oscilla

II . Th e D evelopment of the Current ; L ey

V a r ious F o r ms of Vacuum Tub es ; Ef

V . P h ysiolo gical A ctio n of th e Curr e n t ;

G eneral Tec h nique ; Va cuum Tub es ; Lu

b r ic ation ; Cautions ; A sepsis ; S tand

tie n ts ; Tech n ique for S kin Diseases ;

sation ; Portable an d H ome Made -

Pads ; S urgin gs ; Water S pray ; L o cal

Taki ng th e B loo d Pressure .

V II . S p ecial Tec hn ique fo r Ear Ey e

V III . Practical H i gh Fr eque n cy The r apy , Dis

IX . Ozo n e ; Nature ; P h ysiolo g ical A ctio n ;

X . H ig h Fre que n cy X r ay ; I ts S cope a n d

L imitations ; R esume o f S kia g raphic

XI . Diat h ermy ; Electro co a gulatio n ;

X II . H i gh Fre que n cy i n De n tistr y .

D e nition of High Fr e q u e n cy Cur r e nt ; Alte rnati on

What is a Hig h Fr e que n cy Curr e nt ? A hi g h f r e

A Cycl e is two alte rn atio n s . I t constitutes t h e

Oscill ati o n . An oscillatio n is a series of dimin is h

to r y cu rr e n ts p e r io dically r ep r oduce simila r series

very high and is the r ecipro cal of p erio d . I t is com

correspondin g to t h e met h o d employe d wit h low fr e

P e riod is th e time re quired for on e cycle .

Fr e que ncy is th e n umb e r of comp l ete cycles oc

currin g in one se cond of time . I t is the recipro cal

Exp l anati on . I n order to understand the fore

Th e dire ct curre nt is o n e which always acts in

on e dire ction that is from positive to n egative a n d

is graphically represented by a straight lin e .

Th e alte r nating curr e nt in cont r ast to this is one

in which the current is constantly chan gin g its di

line ( Fi g the waves ab ove th e line b ei n g p osi

tive waves or alter n atio n s a n d thos e b elow the li n e

L et us call t h e lin e ze r o i n volts and t h e c r est of

r eaches t h e maximum positive v olta g e a n d t h e n re

verses a n d go es b ack to zero an d r ep eats on th e

Fig . 2 P or t a b l e H igh Fr eq ue ncy Co i l .

n e g ative side . Th is complete r eve r sal of t h e cur

to t h e sta r t ing poi n t as s h own b y t h e dotted li n e

we would h ave i n t h is case a circle and th e wo r d ,

circle will keep th e meanin g of cycle x ed in th e

of wave still two o f them rep r esent th e completion

of t h e circuit or cycle . In hig h fre quency curre n ts

undulations as represented g raphically in Fi g . 3 .

Fre que n cy is a term prop erly b elongin g only to

i n whic h the current is b roke n up into a rapid series